1 | \input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
|
---|
2 | @c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
|
---|
3 | @c 2001, 2002
|
---|
4 | @c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
---|
5 | @c UPDATE!! On future updates--
|
---|
6 | @c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
|
---|
7 | @c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
|
---|
8 | @c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
|
---|
9 | @c in config/tc-*.c
|
---|
10 | @c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
|
---|
11 | @c in config/obj-*.c
|
---|
12 | @c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
|
---|
13 | @c %**start of header
|
---|
14 | @setfilename as.info
|
---|
15 | @c ---config---
|
---|
16 | @macro gcctabopt{body}
|
---|
17 | @code{\body\}
|
---|
18 | @end macro
|
---|
19 | @c defaults, config file may override:
|
---|
20 | @set have-stabs
|
---|
21 | @c ---
|
---|
22 | @include asconfig.texi
|
---|
23 | @include gasver.texi
|
---|
24 | @c ---
|
---|
25 | @c man begin NAME
|
---|
26 | @ifset man
|
---|
27 | @c Configure for the generation of man pages
|
---|
28 | @set AS as
|
---|
29 | @set TARGET TARGET
|
---|
30 | @set GENERIC
|
---|
31 | @set A29K
|
---|
32 | @set ALPHA
|
---|
33 | @set ARC
|
---|
34 | @set ARM
|
---|
35 | @set CRIS
|
---|
36 | @set D10V
|
---|
37 | @set D30V
|
---|
38 | @set H8/300
|
---|
39 | @set H8/500
|
---|
40 | @set HPPA
|
---|
41 | @set I370
|
---|
42 | @set I80386
|
---|
43 | @set I860
|
---|
44 | @set I960
|
---|
45 | @set IA-64
|
---|
46 | @set IP2K
|
---|
47 | @set M32R
|
---|
48 | @set M68HC11
|
---|
49 | @set M680X0
|
---|
50 | @set M880X0
|
---|
51 | @set MCORE
|
---|
52 | @set MIPS
|
---|
53 | @set MMIX
|
---|
54 | @set PDP11
|
---|
55 | @set PJ
|
---|
56 | @set PPC
|
---|
57 | @set SH
|
---|
58 | @set SPARC
|
---|
59 | @set TIC54X
|
---|
60 | @set V850
|
---|
61 | @set VAX
|
---|
62 | @set XTENSA
|
---|
63 | @end ifset
|
---|
64 | @c man end
|
---|
65 | @c common OR combinations of conditions
|
---|
66 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
67 | @set COFF-ELF
|
---|
68 | @end ifset
|
---|
69 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
70 | @set COFF-ELF
|
---|
71 | @end ifset
|
---|
72 | @ifset AOUT
|
---|
73 | @set aout-bout
|
---|
74 | @end ifset
|
---|
75 | @ifset ARM/Thumb
|
---|
76 | @set ARM
|
---|
77 | @end ifset
|
---|
78 | @ifset BOUT
|
---|
79 | @set aout-bout
|
---|
80 | @end ifset
|
---|
81 | @ifset H8/300
|
---|
82 | @set H8
|
---|
83 | @end ifset
|
---|
84 | @ifset H8/500
|
---|
85 | @set H8
|
---|
86 | @end ifset
|
---|
87 | @ifset SH
|
---|
88 | @set H8
|
---|
89 | @end ifset
|
---|
90 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
91 | @set abnormal-separator
|
---|
92 | @end ifset
|
---|
93 | @c ------------
|
---|
94 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
95 | @settitle Using @value{AS}
|
---|
96 | @end ifset
|
---|
97 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
98 | @settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
|
---|
99 | @end ifclear
|
---|
100 | @setchapternewpage odd
|
---|
101 | @c %**end of header
|
---|
102 |
|
---|
103 | @c @smallbook
|
---|
104 | @c @set SMALL
|
---|
105 | @c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
|
---|
106 | @c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
|
---|
107 | @c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
|
---|
108 | @c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
|
---|
109 | @c
|
---|
110 | @c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
|
---|
111 | @c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
|
---|
112 | @c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
|
---|
113 | @c break.
|
---|
114 | @c
|
---|
115 | @c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
|
---|
116 | @c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
|
---|
117 | @c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
|
---|
118 | @c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
|
---|
119 | @c discretion, of course.
|
---|
120 | @ifinfo
|
---|
121 | @set SMALL
|
---|
122 | @c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
|
---|
123 | @c might as well show 'em anyways.
|
---|
124 | @end ifinfo
|
---|
125 |
|
---|
126 | @ifinfo
|
---|
127 | @format
|
---|
128 | START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
---|
129 | * As: (as). The GNU assembler.
|
---|
130 | * Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
|
---|
131 | END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
---|
132 | @end format
|
---|
133 | @end ifinfo
|
---|
134 |
|
---|
135 | @finalout
|
---|
136 | @syncodeindex ky cp
|
---|
137 |
|
---|
138 | @ifinfo
|
---|
139 | This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
|
---|
140 |
|
---|
141 | @c man begin COPYRIGHT
|
---|
142 | Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
---|
143 |
|
---|
144 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
---|
145 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
|
---|
146 | or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
---|
147 | with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
---|
148 | Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
|
---|
149 | section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
|
---|
150 |
|
---|
151 | @c man end
|
---|
152 |
|
---|
153 | @ignore
|
---|
154 | Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
|
---|
155 | results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
|
---|
156 | notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
|
---|
157 | (this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
|
---|
158 |
|
---|
159 | @end ignore
|
---|
160 | @end ifinfo
|
---|
161 |
|
---|
162 | @titlepage
|
---|
163 | @title Using @value{AS}
|
---|
164 | @subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
|
---|
165 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
166 | @subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
|
---|
167 | @end ifclear
|
---|
168 | @sp 1
|
---|
169 | @subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
|
---|
170 | @sp 1
|
---|
171 | @sp 13
|
---|
172 | The Free Software Foundation Inc. thanks The Nice Computer
|
---|
173 | Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
|
---|
174 | first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
|
---|
175 | The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
|
---|
176 | distracting the boss while they got some work
|
---|
177 | done.
|
---|
178 | @sp 3
|
---|
179 | @author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
|
---|
180 | @page
|
---|
181 | @tex
|
---|
182 | {\parskip=0pt
|
---|
183 | \hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
|
---|
184 | \hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
|
---|
185 | }
|
---|
186 | %"boxit" macro for figures:
|
---|
187 | %Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
|
---|
188 | \gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
|
---|
189 | \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
|
---|
190 | #2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
|
---|
191 | \gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
|
---|
192 | @end tex
|
---|
193 |
|
---|
194 | @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
|
---|
195 | Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
---|
196 |
|
---|
197 | Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
---|
198 | under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
|
---|
199 | or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
---|
200 | with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
---|
201 | Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
|
---|
202 | section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
|
---|
203 |
|
---|
204 | @end titlepage
|
---|
205 |
|
---|
206 | @ifnottex
|
---|
207 | @node Top
|
---|
208 | @top Using @value{AS}
|
---|
209 |
|
---|
210 | This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}} version
|
---|
211 | @value{VERSION}.
|
---|
212 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
213 | This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
|
---|
214 | code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
|
---|
215 | @end ifclear
|
---|
216 |
|
---|
217 | This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
|
---|
218 | Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
|
---|
219 | section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
|
---|
220 |
|
---|
221 | @menu
|
---|
222 | * Overview:: Overview
|
---|
223 | * Invoking:: Command-Line Options
|
---|
224 | * Syntax:: Syntax
|
---|
225 | * Sections:: Sections and Relocation
|
---|
226 | * Symbols:: Symbols
|
---|
227 | * Expressions:: Expressions
|
---|
228 | * Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
|
---|
229 | * Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
|
---|
230 | * Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
|
---|
231 | * Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
|
---|
232 | * GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
|
---|
233 | * Index:: Index
|
---|
234 | @end menu
|
---|
235 | @end ifnottex
|
---|
236 |
|
---|
237 | @node Overview
|
---|
238 | @chapter Overview
|
---|
239 | @iftex
|
---|
240 | This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
|
---|
241 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
242 | This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
|
---|
243 | code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
|
---|
244 | @end ifclear
|
---|
245 | @end iftex
|
---|
246 |
|
---|
247 | @cindex invocation summary
|
---|
248 | @cindex option summary
|
---|
249 | @cindex summary of options
|
---|
250 | Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
|
---|
251 | @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
|
---|
252 |
|
---|
253 | @c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
|
---|
254 |
|
---|
255 | @ignore
|
---|
256 | @c man begin SEEALSO
|
---|
257 | gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
|
---|
258 | @c man end
|
---|
259 | @end ignore
|
---|
260 |
|
---|
261 | @c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
|
---|
262 | @c to be limited to one line for the header.
|
---|
263 | @smallexample
|
---|
264 | @c man begin SYNOPSIS
|
---|
265 | @value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdhlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{-D}] [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}]
|
---|
266 | [@b{-f}] [@b{--gstabs}] [@b{--gdwarf2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}]
|
---|
267 | [@b{-J}] [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}]
|
---|
268 | [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}]
|
---|
269 | [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}]
|
---|
270 | [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--statistics}] [@b{-v}]
|
---|
271 | [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}]
|
---|
272 | [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
|
---|
273 | [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
|
---|
274 | @c
|
---|
275 | @c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
|
---|
276 | @c Add an empty line for separation.
|
---|
277 | @ifset A29K
|
---|
278 | @c am29k has no machine-dependent assembler options
|
---|
279 | @end ifset
|
---|
280 | @ifset ALPHA
|
---|
281 |
|
---|
282 | @emph{Target Alpha options:}
|
---|
283 | [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
|
---|
284 | [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
|
---|
285 | [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
|
---|
286 | [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
|
---|
287 | @end ifset
|
---|
288 | @ifset ARC
|
---|
289 |
|
---|
290 | @emph{Target ARC options:}
|
---|
291 | [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
|
---|
292 | [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
|
---|
293 | @end ifset
|
---|
294 | @ifset ARM
|
---|
295 |
|
---|
296 | @emph{Target ARM options:}
|
---|
297 | @c Don't document the deprecated options
|
---|
298 | [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
|
---|
299 | [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
|
---|
300 | [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-fromat}]
|
---|
301 | [@b{-mthumb}]
|
---|
302 | [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
|
---|
303 | [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
|
---|
304 | @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
|
---|
305 | [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-moabi}] [@b{-k}]
|
---|
306 | @end ifset
|
---|
307 | @ifset CRIS
|
---|
308 |
|
---|
309 | @emph{Target CRIS options:}
|
---|
310 | [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
|
---|
311 | [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
|
---|
312 | [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
|
---|
313 | @c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
|
---|
314 | @c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
|
---|
315 | @end ifset
|
---|
316 | @ifset D10V
|
---|
317 |
|
---|
318 | @emph{Target D10V options:}
|
---|
319 | [@b{-O}]
|
---|
320 | @end ifset
|
---|
321 | @ifset D30V
|
---|
322 |
|
---|
323 | @emph{Target D30V options:}
|
---|
324 | [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
|
---|
325 | @end ifset
|
---|
326 | @ifset H8
|
---|
327 | @c Renesas family chips have no machine-dependent assembler options
|
---|
328 | @end ifset
|
---|
329 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
330 | @c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
|
---|
331 | @end ifset
|
---|
332 | @ifset I80386
|
---|
333 |
|
---|
334 | @emph{Target i386 options:}
|
---|
335 | [@b{--32}|@b{--64}]
|
---|
336 | @end ifset
|
---|
337 | @ifset I960
|
---|
338 |
|
---|
339 | @emph{Target i960 options:}
|
---|
340 | @c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
|
---|
341 | [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
|
---|
342 | @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
|
---|
343 | [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
|
---|
344 | @end ifset
|
---|
345 | @ifset IA64
|
---|
346 |
|
---|
347 | @emph{Target IA-64 options:}
|
---|
348 | [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
|
---|
349 | [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
|
---|
350 | [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
|
---|
351 | [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
|
---|
352 | @end ifset
|
---|
353 | @ifset IP2K
|
---|
354 |
|
---|
355 | @emph{Target IP2K options:}
|
---|
356 | [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
|
---|
357 | @end ifset
|
---|
358 | @ifset M32R
|
---|
359 |
|
---|
360 | @emph{Target M32R options:}
|
---|
361 | [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
|
---|
362 | @b{--W[n]p}]
|
---|
363 | @end ifset
|
---|
364 | @ifset M680X0
|
---|
365 |
|
---|
366 | @emph{Target M680X0 options:}
|
---|
367 | [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
|
---|
368 | @end ifset
|
---|
369 | @ifset M68HC11
|
---|
370 |
|
---|
371 | @emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
|
---|
372 | [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
|
---|
373 | [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
|
---|
374 | [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
|
---|
375 | [@b{--force-long-branchs}] [@b{--short-branchs}]
|
---|
376 | [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
|
---|
377 | [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
|
---|
378 | @end ifset
|
---|
379 | @ifset MCORE
|
---|
380 |
|
---|
381 | @emph{Target MCORE options:}
|
---|
382 | [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
|
---|
383 | [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
|
---|
384 | @end ifset
|
---|
385 | @ifset MIPS
|
---|
386 |
|
---|
387 | @emph{Target MIPS options:}
|
---|
388 | [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-n}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
|
---|
389 | [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
|
---|
390 | [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot}] [@b{--membedded-pic}]
|
---|
391 | [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
|
---|
392 | [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
|
---|
393 | [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
|
---|
394 | [@b{-mips64}]
|
---|
395 | [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
|
---|
396 | [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
|
---|
397 | [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
|
---|
398 | [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
|
---|
399 | [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
|
---|
400 | [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
|
---|
401 | [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
|
---|
402 | @end ifset
|
---|
403 | @ifset MMIX
|
---|
404 |
|
---|
405 | @emph{Target MMIX options:}
|
---|
406 | [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
|
---|
407 | [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
|
---|
408 | [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
|
---|
409 | [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
|
---|
410 | @end ifset
|
---|
411 | @ifset PDP11
|
---|
412 |
|
---|
413 | @emph{Target PDP11 options:}
|
---|
414 | [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
|
---|
415 | [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
|
---|
416 | [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
|
---|
417 | @end ifset
|
---|
418 | @ifset PJ
|
---|
419 |
|
---|
420 | @emph{Target picoJava options:}
|
---|
421 | [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
|
---|
422 | @end ifset
|
---|
423 | @ifset PPC
|
---|
424 |
|
---|
425 | @emph{Target PowerPC options:}
|
---|
426 | [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
|
---|
427 | @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|
|
---|
428 | @b{-mbooke32}|@b{-mbooke64}]
|
---|
429 | [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}] [@b{-memb}]
|
---|
430 | [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
|
---|
431 | [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
|
---|
432 | [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
|
---|
433 | [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
|
---|
434 | @end ifset
|
---|
435 | @ifset SPARC
|
---|
436 |
|
---|
437 | @emph{Target SPARC options:}
|
---|
438 | @c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
|
---|
439 | [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
|
---|
440 | @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
|
---|
441 | [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
|
---|
442 | [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
|
---|
443 | @end ifset
|
---|
444 | @ifset TIC54X
|
---|
445 |
|
---|
446 | @emph{Target TIC54X options:}
|
---|
447 | [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
|
---|
448 | [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
|
---|
449 | @end ifset
|
---|
450 | @ifset Z8000
|
---|
451 | @c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
|
---|
452 | @end ifset
|
---|
453 | @ifset XTENSA
|
---|
454 |
|
---|
455 | @emph{Target Xtensa options:}
|
---|
456 | [@b{--[no-]density}] [@b{--[no-]relax}] [@b{--[no-]generics}]
|
---|
457 | [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}]
|
---|
458 | [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
|
---|
459 | @end ifset
|
---|
460 | @c man end
|
---|
461 | @end smallexample
|
---|
462 |
|
---|
463 | @c man begin OPTIONS
|
---|
464 |
|
---|
465 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
466 | @item -a[cdhlmns]
|
---|
467 | Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
|
---|
468 |
|
---|
469 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
470 | @item -ac
|
---|
471 | omit false conditionals
|
---|
472 |
|
---|
473 | @item -ad
|
---|
474 | omit debugging directives
|
---|
475 |
|
---|
476 | @item -ah
|
---|
477 | include high-level source
|
---|
478 |
|
---|
479 | @item -al
|
---|
480 | include assembly
|
---|
481 |
|
---|
482 | @item -am
|
---|
483 | include macro expansions
|
---|
484 |
|
---|
485 | @item -an
|
---|
486 | omit forms processing
|
---|
487 |
|
---|
488 | @item -as
|
---|
489 | include symbols
|
---|
490 |
|
---|
491 | @item =file
|
---|
492 | set the name of the listing file
|
---|
493 | @end table
|
---|
494 |
|
---|
495 | You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
|
---|
496 | listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
|
---|
497 | the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
|
---|
498 |
|
---|
499 | @item -D
|
---|
500 | Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
|
---|
501 | other assemblers.
|
---|
502 |
|
---|
503 | @item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
|
---|
504 | Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
|
---|
505 | @var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
|
---|
506 | indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal value.
|
---|
507 |
|
---|
508 | @item -f
|
---|
509 | ``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
|
---|
510 | compiler output).
|
---|
511 |
|
---|
512 | @item --gstabs
|
---|
513 | Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
|
---|
514 | may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
|
---|
515 |
|
---|
516 | @item --gdwarf2
|
---|
517 | Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
|
---|
518 | may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
|
---|
519 | option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
|
---|
520 |
|
---|
521 | @item --help
|
---|
522 | Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
|
---|
523 |
|
---|
524 | @item --target-help
|
---|
525 | Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
|
---|
526 |
|
---|
527 | @item -I @var{dir}
|
---|
528 | Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
|
---|
529 |
|
---|
530 | @item -J
|
---|
531 | Don't warn about signed overflow.
|
---|
532 |
|
---|
533 | @item -K
|
---|
534 | @ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
---|
535 | This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
|
---|
536 | @end ifclear
|
---|
537 | @ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
---|
538 | Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
|
---|
539 | @end ifset
|
---|
540 |
|
---|
541 | @item -L
|
---|
542 | @itemx --keep-locals
|
---|
543 | Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. On traditional a.out systems
|
---|
544 | these start with @samp{L}, but different systems have different local
|
---|
545 | label prefixes.
|
---|
546 |
|
---|
547 | @item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
|
---|
548 | Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
|
---|
549 | listing to @var{number}.
|
---|
550 |
|
---|
551 | @item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
|
---|
552 | Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
|
---|
553 | lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
|
---|
554 |
|
---|
555 | @item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
|
---|
556 | Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
|
---|
557 | @var{number} bytes.
|
---|
558 |
|
---|
559 | @item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
|
---|
560 | Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
|
---|
561 | to @var{number} + 1.
|
---|
562 |
|
---|
563 | @item -o @var{objfile}
|
---|
564 | Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
|
---|
565 |
|
---|
566 | @item -R
|
---|
567 | Fold the data section into the text section.
|
---|
568 |
|
---|
569 | @item --statistics
|
---|
570 | Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
|
---|
571 | assembly.
|
---|
572 |
|
---|
573 | @item --strip-local-absolute
|
---|
574 | Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
|
---|
575 |
|
---|
576 | @item -v
|
---|
577 | @itemx -version
|
---|
578 | Print the @command{as} version.
|
---|
579 |
|
---|
580 | @item --version
|
---|
581 | Print the @command{as} version and exit.
|
---|
582 |
|
---|
583 | @item -W
|
---|
584 | @itemx --no-warn
|
---|
585 | Suppress warning messages.
|
---|
586 |
|
---|
587 | @item --fatal-warnings
|
---|
588 | Treat warnings as errors.
|
---|
589 |
|
---|
590 | @item --warn
|
---|
591 | Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
|
---|
592 |
|
---|
593 | @item -w
|
---|
594 | Ignored.
|
---|
595 |
|
---|
596 | @item -x
|
---|
597 | Ignored.
|
---|
598 |
|
---|
599 | @item -Z
|
---|
600 | Generate an object file even after errors.
|
---|
601 |
|
---|
602 | @item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
|
---|
603 | Standard input, or source files to assemble.
|
---|
604 |
|
---|
605 | @end table
|
---|
606 |
|
---|
607 | @ifset ARC
|
---|
608 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
|
---|
609 | an ARC processor.
|
---|
610 |
|
---|
611 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
612 | @item -marc[5|6|7|8]
|
---|
613 | This option selects the core processor variant.
|
---|
614 | @item -EB | -EL
|
---|
615 | Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
|
---|
616 | @end table
|
---|
617 | @end ifset
|
---|
618 |
|
---|
619 | @ifset ARM
|
---|
620 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
|
---|
621 | processor family.
|
---|
622 |
|
---|
623 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
624 | @item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
|
---|
625 | Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
|
---|
626 | @item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
|
---|
627 | Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
|
---|
628 | @item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
|
---|
629 | Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
|
---|
630 | @item -mthumb
|
---|
631 | Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
|
---|
632 | @item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant | -moabi
|
---|
633 | Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
|
---|
634 | @item -EB | -EL
|
---|
635 | Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
|
---|
636 | @item -mthumb-interwork
|
---|
637 | Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
|
---|
638 | ARM code in mind.
|
---|
639 | @item -k
|
---|
640 | Specify that PIC code has been generated.
|
---|
641 | @end table
|
---|
642 | @end ifset
|
---|
643 |
|
---|
644 | @ifset CRIS
|
---|
645 | See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
|
---|
646 | @end ifset
|
---|
647 |
|
---|
648 | @ifset D10V
|
---|
649 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
|
---|
650 | a D10V processor.
|
---|
651 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
652 | @cindex D10V optimization
|
---|
653 | @cindex optimization, D10V
|
---|
654 | @item -O
|
---|
655 | Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
|
---|
656 | @end table
|
---|
657 | @end ifset
|
---|
658 |
|
---|
659 | @ifset D30V
|
---|
660 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
|
---|
661 | processor.
|
---|
662 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
663 | @cindex D30V optimization
|
---|
664 | @cindex optimization, D30V
|
---|
665 | @item -O
|
---|
666 | Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
|
---|
667 |
|
---|
668 | @cindex D30V nops
|
---|
669 | @item -n
|
---|
670 | Warn when nops are generated.
|
---|
671 |
|
---|
672 | @cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
|
---|
673 | @item -N
|
---|
674 | Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
|
---|
675 | @end table
|
---|
676 | @end ifset
|
---|
677 |
|
---|
678 | @ifset I960
|
---|
679 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
|
---|
680 | Intel 80960 processor.
|
---|
681 |
|
---|
682 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
683 | @item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
|
---|
684 | Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
|
---|
685 |
|
---|
686 | @item -b
|
---|
687 | Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
|
---|
688 |
|
---|
689 | @item -no-relax
|
---|
690 | Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
|
---|
691 | error if necessary.
|
---|
692 |
|
---|
693 | @end table
|
---|
694 | @end ifset
|
---|
695 |
|
---|
696 | @ifset IP2K
|
---|
697 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
|
---|
698 | Ubicom IP2K series.
|
---|
699 |
|
---|
700 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
701 |
|
---|
702 | @item -mip2022ext
|
---|
703 | Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
|
---|
704 |
|
---|
705 | @item -mip2022
|
---|
706 | Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
|
---|
707 | just the basic IP2022 ones.
|
---|
708 |
|
---|
709 | @end table
|
---|
710 | @end ifset
|
---|
711 |
|
---|
712 | @ifset M32R
|
---|
713 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
|
---|
714 | Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
|
---|
715 |
|
---|
716 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
717 |
|
---|
718 | @item --m32rx
|
---|
719 | Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
|
---|
720 | is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
|
---|
721 |
|
---|
722 | @item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
|
---|
723 | Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
|
---|
724 | encountered.
|
---|
725 |
|
---|
726 | @item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
|
---|
727 | Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
|
---|
728 | encountered.
|
---|
729 |
|
---|
730 | @end table
|
---|
731 | @end ifset
|
---|
732 |
|
---|
733 | @ifset M680X0
|
---|
734 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
|
---|
735 | Motorola 68000 series.
|
---|
736 |
|
---|
737 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
738 |
|
---|
739 | @item -l
|
---|
740 | Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
|
---|
741 |
|
---|
742 | @item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
|
---|
743 | @itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
|
---|
744 | @itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
|
---|
745 | Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
|
---|
746 | is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
|
---|
747 |
|
---|
748 | @item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
|
---|
749 | The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
|
---|
750 | The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
|
---|
751 | the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
|
---|
752 | two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
|
---|
753 | coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
|
---|
754 |
|
---|
755 | @item -m68851 | -mno-68851
|
---|
756 | The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
|
---|
757 | unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
|
---|
758 |
|
---|
759 | @end table
|
---|
760 | @end ifset
|
---|
761 |
|
---|
762 | @ifset PDP11
|
---|
763 |
|
---|
764 | For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
|
---|
765 | see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
|
---|
766 |
|
---|
767 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
768 | @item -mpic | -mno-pic
|
---|
769 | Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
|
---|
770 | default is @option{-mpic}.
|
---|
771 |
|
---|
772 | @item -mall
|
---|
773 | @itemx -mall-extensions
|
---|
774 | Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
|
---|
775 |
|
---|
776 | @item -mno-extensions
|
---|
777 | Disable all instruction set extensions.
|
---|
778 |
|
---|
779 | @item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
|
---|
780 | Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
|
---|
781 |
|
---|
782 | @item -m@var{cpu}
|
---|
783 | Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
|
---|
784 | disable all other extensions.
|
---|
785 |
|
---|
786 | @item -m@var{machine}
|
---|
787 | Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
|
---|
788 | model, and disable all other extensions.
|
---|
789 | @end table
|
---|
790 |
|
---|
791 | @end ifset
|
---|
792 |
|
---|
793 | @ifset PJ
|
---|
794 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
|
---|
795 | a picoJava processor.
|
---|
796 |
|
---|
797 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
798 |
|
---|
799 | @cindex PJ endianness
|
---|
800 | @cindex endianness, PJ
|
---|
801 | @cindex big endian output, PJ
|
---|
802 | @item -mb
|
---|
803 | Generate ``big endian'' format output.
|
---|
804 |
|
---|
805 | @cindex little endian output, PJ
|
---|
806 | @item -ml
|
---|
807 | Generate ``little endian'' format output.
|
---|
808 |
|
---|
809 | @end table
|
---|
810 | @end ifset
|
---|
811 |
|
---|
812 | @ifset M68HC11
|
---|
813 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
|
---|
814 | Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
|
---|
815 |
|
---|
816 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
817 |
|
---|
818 | @item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
|
---|
819 | Specify what processor is the target. The default is
|
---|
820 | defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
|
---|
821 |
|
---|
822 | @item -mshort
|
---|
823 | Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
|
---|
824 |
|
---|
825 | @item -mlong
|
---|
826 | Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
|
---|
827 |
|
---|
828 | @item -mshort-double
|
---|
829 | Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
|
---|
830 |
|
---|
831 | @item -mlong-double
|
---|
832 | Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
|
---|
833 |
|
---|
834 | @item --force-long-branchs
|
---|
835 | Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
|
---|
836 | conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
|
---|
837 | sub routine.
|
---|
838 |
|
---|
839 | @item -S | --short-branchs
|
---|
840 | Do not turn relative branchs into absolute ones
|
---|
841 | when the offset is out of range.
|
---|
842 |
|
---|
843 | @item --strict-direct-mode
|
---|
844 | Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
|
---|
845 | when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
|
---|
846 |
|
---|
847 | @item --print-insn-syntax
|
---|
848 | Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
|
---|
849 |
|
---|
850 | @item --print-opcodes
|
---|
851 | print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
|
---|
852 |
|
---|
853 | @item --generate-example
|
---|
854 | print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
|
---|
855 | This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
|
---|
856 |
|
---|
857 | @end table
|
---|
858 | @end ifset
|
---|
859 |
|
---|
860 | @ifset SPARC
|
---|
861 | The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
|
---|
862 | for the SPARC architecture:
|
---|
863 |
|
---|
864 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
865 | @item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
|
---|
866 | @itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
|
---|
867 | Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
|
---|
868 |
|
---|
869 | @samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
|
---|
870 | @samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
|
---|
871 |
|
---|
872 | @samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
|
---|
873 | UltraSPARC extensions.
|
---|
874 |
|
---|
875 | @item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
|
---|
876 | For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
|
---|
877 | equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
|
---|
878 |
|
---|
879 | @item -bump
|
---|
880 | Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
|
---|
881 | @end table
|
---|
882 | @end ifset
|
---|
883 |
|
---|
884 | @ifset TIC54X
|
---|
885 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
|
---|
886 | architecture.
|
---|
887 |
|
---|
888 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
889 | @item -mfar-mode
|
---|
890 | Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
|
---|
891 | extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
|
---|
892 | @item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
|
---|
893 | Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
|
---|
894 | @item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
|
---|
895 | Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
|
---|
896 | behaviour in the shell.
|
---|
897 | @end table
|
---|
898 | @end ifset
|
---|
899 |
|
---|
900 | @ifset MIPS
|
---|
901 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
|
---|
902 | a @sc{mips} processor.
|
---|
903 |
|
---|
904 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
905 | @item -G @var{num}
|
---|
906 | This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
|
---|
907 | implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
|
---|
908 | use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
|
---|
909 |
|
---|
910 | @cindex MIPS endianness
|
---|
911 | @cindex endianness, MIPS
|
---|
912 | @cindex big endian output, MIPS
|
---|
913 | @item -EB
|
---|
914 | Generate ``big endian'' format output.
|
---|
915 |
|
---|
916 | @cindex little endian output, MIPS
|
---|
917 | @item -EL
|
---|
918 | Generate ``little endian'' format output.
|
---|
919 |
|
---|
920 | @cindex MIPS ISA
|
---|
921 | @item -mips1
|
---|
922 | @itemx -mips2
|
---|
923 | @itemx -mips3
|
---|
924 | @itemx -mips4
|
---|
925 | @itemx -mips5
|
---|
926 | @itemx -mips32
|
---|
927 | @itemx -mips32r2
|
---|
928 | @itemx -mips64
|
---|
929 | Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
|
---|
930 | @samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
|
---|
931 | alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
|
---|
932 | @samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
|
---|
933 | @samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, and @samp{-mips64}
|
---|
934 | correspond to generic
|
---|
935 | @samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, and
|
---|
936 | @samp{MIPS64} ISA processors,
|
---|
937 | respectively.
|
---|
938 |
|
---|
939 | @item -march=@var{CPU}
|
---|
940 | Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
|
---|
941 |
|
---|
942 | @item -mtune=@var{cpu}
|
---|
943 | Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
|
---|
944 |
|
---|
945 | @item -mfix7000
|
---|
946 | @itemx -mno-fix7000
|
---|
947 | Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
|
---|
948 | of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
|
---|
949 |
|
---|
950 | @item -mdebug
|
---|
951 | @itemx -no-mdebug
|
---|
952 | Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
|
---|
953 | section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
|
---|
954 |
|
---|
955 | @item -mgp32
|
---|
956 | @itemx -mfp32
|
---|
957 | The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
|
---|
958 | flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
|
---|
959 | all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
|
---|
960 | and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
|
---|
961 |
|
---|
962 | @item -mips16
|
---|
963 | @itemx -no-mips16
|
---|
964 | Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
|
---|
965 | @code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
|
---|
966 | turns off this option.
|
---|
967 |
|
---|
968 | @item -mips3d
|
---|
969 | @itemx -no-mips3d
|
---|
970 | Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
|
---|
971 | This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
|
---|
972 | @samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
|
---|
973 |
|
---|
974 | @item -mdmx
|
---|
975 | @itemx -no-mdmx
|
---|
976 | Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
|
---|
977 | This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
|
---|
978 | @samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
|
---|
979 |
|
---|
980 | @item --construct-floats
|
---|
981 | @itemx --no-construct-floats
|
---|
982 | The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
|
---|
983 | double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
|
---|
984 | value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
|
---|
985 | the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
|
---|
986 | selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
|
---|
987 |
|
---|
988 | @cindex emulation
|
---|
989 | @item --emulation=@var{name}
|
---|
990 | This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
|
---|
991 | for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
|
---|
992 | between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
|
---|
993 | debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
|
---|
994 | endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
|
---|
995 | @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
|
---|
996 | @samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
|
---|
997 | of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
|
---|
998 | the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
|
---|
999 | in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
|
---|
1000 | selection in any case.
|
---|
1001 |
|
---|
1002 | This option is currently supported only when the primary target
|
---|
1003 | @command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
|
---|
1004 | Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
|
---|
1005 | @samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
|
---|
1006 | the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
|
---|
1007 | configuration includes support for both.
|
---|
1008 |
|
---|
1009 | Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
|
---|
1010 | fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
|
---|
1011 | more processors.
|
---|
1012 |
|
---|
1013 | @item -nocpp
|
---|
1014 | @command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
|
---|
1015 | the native tools.
|
---|
1016 |
|
---|
1017 | @item --trap
|
---|
1018 | @itemx --no-trap
|
---|
1019 | @itemx --break
|
---|
1020 | @itemx --no-break
|
---|
1021 | Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
|
---|
1022 | @samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
|
---|
1023 | (and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
|
---|
1024 | @samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
|
---|
1025 | break exception.
|
---|
1026 |
|
---|
1027 | @item -n
|
---|
1028 | When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
|
---|
1029 | time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
|
---|
1030 | @end table
|
---|
1031 | @end ifset
|
---|
1032 |
|
---|
1033 | @ifset MCORE
|
---|
1034 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
|
---|
1035 | an MCore processor.
|
---|
1036 |
|
---|
1037 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
1038 | @item -jsri2bsr
|
---|
1039 | @itemx -nojsri2bsr
|
---|
1040 | Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
|
---|
1041 | The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
|
---|
1042 |
|
---|
1043 | @item -sifilter
|
---|
1044 | @itemx -nosifilter
|
---|
1045 | Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
|
---|
1046 | The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
|
---|
1047 |
|
---|
1048 | @item -relax
|
---|
1049 | Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
|
---|
1050 |
|
---|
1051 | @item -mcpu=[210|340]
|
---|
1052 | Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
|
---|
1053 | can be assembled.
|
---|
1054 |
|
---|
1055 | @item -EB
|
---|
1056 | Assemble for a big endian target.
|
---|
1057 |
|
---|
1058 | @item -EL
|
---|
1059 | Assemble for a little endian target.
|
---|
1060 |
|
---|
1061 | @end table
|
---|
1062 | @end ifset
|
---|
1063 |
|
---|
1064 | @ifset MMIX
|
---|
1065 | See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
|
---|
1066 | @end ifset
|
---|
1067 |
|
---|
1068 | @ifset XTENSA
|
---|
1069 | The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
|
---|
1070 | an Xtensa processor.
|
---|
1071 |
|
---|
1072 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
1073 | @item --density | --no-density
|
---|
1074 | Enable or disable use of instructions from the Xtensa code density
|
---|
1075 | option. This is enabled by default when the Xtensa processor supports
|
---|
1076 | the code density option.
|
---|
1077 |
|
---|
1078 | @item --relax | --no-relax
|
---|
1079 | Enable or disable instruction relaxation. This is enabled by default.
|
---|
1080 | Note: In the current implementation, these options also control whether
|
---|
1081 | assembler optimizations are performed, making these options equivalent
|
---|
1082 | to @option{--generics} and @option{--no-generics}.
|
---|
1083 |
|
---|
1084 | @item --generics | --no-generics
|
---|
1085 | Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
|
---|
1086 | The default is @option{--generics};
|
---|
1087 | @option{--no-generics} should be used only in the rare cases when the
|
---|
1088 | instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
|
---|
1089 |
|
---|
1090 | @item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
|
---|
1091 | With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
|
---|
1092 | in the text section. The default is
|
---|
1093 | @option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
|
---|
1094 | separate section in the output file.
|
---|
1095 |
|
---|
1096 | @item --target-align | --no-target-align
|
---|
1097 | Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
|
---|
1098 | expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
|
---|
1099 |
|
---|
1100 | @item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
|
---|
1101 | Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
|
---|
1102 | across a greater range of addresses. The default is
|
---|
1103 | @option{--no-@-longcalls}.
|
---|
1104 | @end table
|
---|
1105 | @end ifset
|
---|
1106 |
|
---|
1107 | @c man end
|
---|
1108 |
|
---|
1109 | @menu
|
---|
1110 | * Manual:: Structure of this Manual
|
---|
1111 | * GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
|
---|
1112 | * Object Formats:: Object File Formats
|
---|
1113 | * Command Line:: Command Line
|
---|
1114 | * Input Files:: Input Files
|
---|
1115 | * Object:: Output (Object) File
|
---|
1116 | * Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
|
---|
1117 | @end menu
|
---|
1118 |
|
---|
1119 | @node Manual
|
---|
1120 | @section Structure of this Manual
|
---|
1121 |
|
---|
1122 | @cindex manual, structure and purpose
|
---|
1123 | This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
|
---|
1124 | @sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
|
---|
1125 | notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
|
---|
1126 | @command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
|
---|
1127 |
|
---|
1128 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
1129 | We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
|
---|
1130 | configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
|
---|
1131 | @end ifclear
|
---|
1132 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
1133 | This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
|
---|
1134 | various flavors of the assembler.
|
---|
1135 | @end ifset
|
---|
1136 |
|
---|
1137 | @cindex machine instructions (not covered)
|
---|
1138 | On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
|
---|
1139 | to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
|
---|
1140 | In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
|
---|
1141 | architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
|
---|
1142 | mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
|
---|
1143 | particular architecture.
|
---|
1144 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
1145 | You may want to consult the manufacturer's
|
---|
1146 | machine architecture manual for this information.
|
---|
1147 | @end ifset
|
---|
1148 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
1149 | @ifset H8/300
|
---|
1150 | For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
|
---|
1151 | Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
|
---|
1152 | Programming Manual} (Renesas).
|
---|
1153 | @end ifset
|
---|
1154 | @ifset H8/500
|
---|
1155 | For information on the H8/500 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/500
|
---|
1156 | Series Programming Manual} (Renesas M21T001).
|
---|
1157 | @end ifset
|
---|
1158 | @ifset SH
|
---|
1159 | For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
|
---|
1160 | see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
|
---|
1161 | @cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
|
---|
1162 | @cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
|
---|
1163 | @end ifset
|
---|
1164 | @ifset Z8000
|
---|
1165 | For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
|
---|
1166 | @end ifset
|
---|
1167 | @end ifclear
|
---|
1168 |
|
---|
1169 | @c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
|
---|
1170 | @ignore
|
---|
1171 | Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
|
---|
1172 | the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
|
---|
1173 | Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
|
---|
1174 | computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
|
---|
1175 | once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
|
---|
1176 | qualification.
|
---|
1177 |
|
---|
1178 | @command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
|
---|
1179 | human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
|
---|
1180 | computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
|
---|
1181 | @command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
|
---|
1182 | @end ignore
|
---|
1183 |
|
---|
1184 | @c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
|
---|
1185 | @c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
|
---|
1186 | @c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
|
---|
1187 | @c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
|
---|
1188 | @c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
|
---|
1189 | @c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
|
---|
1190 | @c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
|
---|
1191 | @c directives).
|
---|
1192 |
|
---|
1193 | @node GNU Assembler
|
---|
1194 | @section The GNU Assembler
|
---|
1195 |
|
---|
1196 | @c man begin DESCRIPTION
|
---|
1197 |
|
---|
1198 | @sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
|
---|
1199 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
1200 | This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
|
---|
1201 | configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
|
---|
1202 | @end ifclear
|
---|
1203 | If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
|
---|
1204 | should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
|
---|
1205 | architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
|
---|
1206 | including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
|
---|
1207 | @dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
|
---|
1208 |
|
---|
1209 | @cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
|
---|
1210 | @command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
|
---|
1211 | @sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
|
---|
1212 | @code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
|
---|
1213 | assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
|
---|
1214 | machine would assemble.
|
---|
1215 | @ifset VAX
|
---|
1216 | Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
|
---|
1217 | @end ifset
|
---|
1218 | @ifset M680X0
|
---|
1219 | @c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
|
---|
1220 | @c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
|
---|
1221 | This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
|
---|
1222 | assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
|
---|
1223 | incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
|
---|
1224 | @end ifset
|
---|
1225 |
|
---|
1226 | @c man end
|
---|
1227 |
|
---|
1228 | Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
|
---|
1229 | program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
|
---|
1230 | @kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
|
---|
1231 |
|
---|
1232 | @node Object Formats
|
---|
1233 | @section Object File Formats
|
---|
1234 |
|
---|
1235 | @cindex object file format
|
---|
1236 | The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
|
---|
1237 | object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
|
---|
1238 | write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
|
---|
1239 | are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
|
---|
1240 | Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
|
---|
1241 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
1242 | @ifclear MULTI-OBJ
|
---|
1243 | For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
|
---|
1244 | @value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
|
---|
1245 | @end ifclear
|
---|
1246 | @c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
|
---|
1247 | @ifset A29K
|
---|
1248 | On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
|
---|
1249 | @code{a.out} or COFF format object files.
|
---|
1250 | @end ifset
|
---|
1251 | @ifset I960
|
---|
1252 | On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
|
---|
1253 | @code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
|
---|
1254 | @end ifset
|
---|
1255 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
1256 | On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
|
---|
1257 | SOM or ELF format object files.
|
---|
1258 | @end ifset
|
---|
1259 | @end ifclear
|
---|
1260 |
|
---|
1261 | @node Command Line
|
---|
1262 | @section Command Line
|
---|
1263 |
|
---|
1264 | @cindex command line conventions
|
---|
1265 |
|
---|
1266 | After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
|
---|
1267 | options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
|
---|
1268 | before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
|
---|
1269 | significant.
|
---|
1270 |
|
---|
1271 | @cindex standard input, as input file
|
---|
1272 | @kindex --
|
---|
1273 | @file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
|
---|
1274 | explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
|
---|
1275 |
|
---|
1276 | @cindex options, command line
|
---|
1277 | Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
|
---|
1278 | hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
|
---|
1279 | @command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
|
---|
1280 | option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
|
---|
1281 | the letter is important. All options are optional.
|
---|
1282 |
|
---|
1283 | Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
|
---|
1284 | name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
|
---|
1285 | with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
|
---|
1286 | standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
|
---|
1287 |
|
---|
1288 | @smallexample
|
---|
1289 | @value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
|
---|
1290 | @value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
|
---|
1291 | @end smallexample
|
---|
1292 |
|
---|
1293 | @node Input Files
|
---|
1294 | @section Input Files
|
---|
1295 |
|
---|
1296 | @cindex input
|
---|
1297 | @cindex source program
|
---|
1298 | @cindex files, input
|
---|
1299 | We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
|
---|
1300 | describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
|
---|
1301 | be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
|
---|
1302 | doesn't change the meaning of the source.
|
---|
1303 |
|
---|
1304 | @c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
|
---|
1305 | @c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
|
---|
1306 | The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
|
---|
1307 | order specified.
|
---|
1308 |
|
---|
1309 | @c man begin DESCRIPTION
|
---|
1310 | Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
|
---|
1311 | program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
|
---|
1312 | (The standard input is also a file.)
|
---|
1313 |
|
---|
1314 | You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
|
---|
1315 | names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
|
---|
1316 | command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
|
---|
1317 | is taken to be an input file name.
|
---|
1318 |
|
---|
1319 | If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
|
---|
1320 | from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
|
---|
1321 | may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
|
---|
1322 | to assemble.
|
---|
1323 |
|
---|
1324 | Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
|
---|
1325 | in your command line.
|
---|
1326 |
|
---|
1327 | If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
|
---|
1328 | file.
|
---|
1329 |
|
---|
1330 | @c man end
|
---|
1331 |
|
---|
1332 | @subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
|
---|
1333 |
|
---|
1334 | @cindex input file linenumbers
|
---|
1335 | @cindex line numbers, in input files
|
---|
1336 | There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
|
---|
1337 | either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
|
---|
1338 | number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
|
---|
1339 | ``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
|
---|
1340 |
|
---|
1341 | @dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
|
---|
1342 | to @command{@value{AS}}.
|
---|
1343 |
|
---|
1344 | @dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
|
---|
1345 | directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
|
---|
1346 | error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
|
---|
1347 | is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
|
---|
1348 | @samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
|
---|
1349 | @ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
|
---|
1350 |
|
---|
1351 | @node Object
|
---|
1352 | @section Output (Object) File
|
---|
1353 |
|
---|
1354 | @cindex object file
|
---|
1355 | @cindex output file
|
---|
1356 | @kindex a.out
|
---|
1357 | @kindex .o
|
---|
1358 | Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
|
---|
1359 | your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
|
---|
1360 | is the object file. Its default name is
|
---|
1361 | @ifclear BOUT
|
---|
1362 | @code{a.out}.
|
---|
1363 | @end ifclear
|
---|
1364 | @ifset BOUT
|
---|
1365 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
1366 | @code{a.out}, or
|
---|
1367 | @end ifset
|
---|
1368 | @code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
|
---|
1369 | @end ifset
|
---|
1370 | You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
|
---|
1371 | object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
|
---|
1372 | reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
|
---|
1373 | directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
|
---|
1374 | possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
|
---|
1375 |
|
---|
1376 | @cindex linker
|
---|
1377 | @kindex ld
|
---|
1378 | The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
|
---|
1379 | assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
|
---|
1380 | the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
|
---|
1381 | information for the debugger.
|
---|
1382 |
|
---|
1383 | @c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
|
---|
1384 | @c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
|
---|
1385 |
|
---|
1386 | @node Errors
|
---|
1387 | @section Error and Warning Messages
|
---|
1388 |
|
---|
1389 | @c man begin DESCRIPTION
|
---|
1390 |
|
---|
1391 | @cindex error messages
|
---|
1392 | @cindex warning messages
|
---|
1393 | @cindex messages from assembler
|
---|
1394 | @command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
|
---|
1395 | file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
|
---|
1396 | runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
|
---|
1397 | that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
|
---|
1398 | grave problem that stops the assembly.
|
---|
1399 |
|
---|
1400 | @c man end
|
---|
1401 |
|
---|
1402 | @cindex format of warning messages
|
---|
1403 | Warning messages have the format
|
---|
1404 |
|
---|
1405 | @smallexample
|
---|
1406 | file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
|
---|
1407 | @end smallexample
|
---|
1408 |
|
---|
1409 | @noindent
|
---|
1410 | @cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
|
---|
1411 | (where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
|
---|
1412 | (@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
|
---|
1413 | the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
|
---|
1414 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
1415 | (@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
|
---|
1416 | @end ifset
|
---|
1417 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
1418 | @ifclear A29K
|
---|
1419 | (@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
|
---|
1420 | @end ifclear
|
---|
1421 | @ifset A29K
|
---|
1422 | (@pxref{Ln,,@code{.ln}})
|
---|
1423 | @end ifset
|
---|
1424 | @end ifclear
|
---|
1425 | then it is used to calculate the number printed,
|
---|
1426 | otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
|
---|
1427 | message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
|
---|
1428 | tradition).
|
---|
1429 |
|
---|
1430 | @cindex format of error messages
|
---|
1431 | Error messages have the format
|
---|
1432 | @smallexample
|
---|
1433 | file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
|
---|
1434 | @end smallexample
|
---|
1435 | The file name and line number are derived as for warning
|
---|
1436 | messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
|
---|
1437 | because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
|
---|
1438 |
|
---|
1439 | @node Invoking
|
---|
1440 | @chapter Command-Line Options
|
---|
1441 |
|
---|
1442 | @cindex options, all versions of assembler
|
---|
1443 | This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
|
---|
1444 | versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; @pxref{Machine Dependencies}, for options specific
|
---|
1445 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
1446 | to the @value{TARGET} target.
|
---|
1447 | @end ifclear
|
---|
1448 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
1449 | to particular machine architectures.
|
---|
1450 | @end ifset
|
---|
1451 |
|
---|
1452 | @c man begin DESCRIPTION
|
---|
1453 |
|
---|
1454 | If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
|
---|
1455 | you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
|
---|
1456 | The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
|
---|
1457 | by commas. For example:
|
---|
1458 |
|
---|
1459 | @smallexample
|
---|
1460 | gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
|
---|
1461 | @end smallexample
|
---|
1462 |
|
---|
1463 | @noindent
|
---|
1464 | This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
|
---|
1465 | standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
|
---|
1466 | local symbols in the symbol table).
|
---|
1467 |
|
---|
1468 | Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
|
---|
1469 | command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
|
---|
1470 | (You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
|
---|
1471 | precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
|
---|
1472 | assembler.)
|
---|
1473 |
|
---|
1474 | @c man end
|
---|
1475 |
|
---|
1476 | @menu
|
---|
1477 | * a:: -a[cdhlns] enable listings
|
---|
1478 | * D:: -D for compatibility
|
---|
1479 | * f:: -f to work faster
|
---|
1480 | * I:: -I for .include search path
|
---|
1481 | @ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
---|
1482 | * K:: -K for compatibility
|
---|
1483 | @end ifclear
|
---|
1484 | @ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
---|
1485 | * K:: -K for difference tables
|
---|
1486 | @end ifset
|
---|
1487 |
|
---|
1488 | * L:: -L to retain local labels
|
---|
1489 | * listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
|
---|
1490 | * M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
|
---|
1491 | * MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
|
---|
1492 | * o:: -o to name the object file
|
---|
1493 | * R:: -R to join data and text sections
|
---|
1494 | * statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
|
---|
1495 | * traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
|
---|
1496 | * v:: -v to announce version
|
---|
1497 | * W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
|
---|
1498 | * Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
|
---|
1499 | @end menu
|
---|
1500 |
|
---|
1501 | @node a
|
---|
1502 | @section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdhlns]}
|
---|
1503 |
|
---|
1504 | @kindex -a
|
---|
1505 | @kindex -ac
|
---|
1506 | @kindex -ad
|
---|
1507 | @kindex -ah
|
---|
1508 | @kindex -al
|
---|
1509 | @kindex -an
|
---|
1510 | @kindex -as
|
---|
1511 | @cindex listings, enabling
|
---|
1512 | @cindex assembly listings, enabling
|
---|
1513 |
|
---|
1514 | These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
|
---|
1515 | @samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
|
---|
1516 | You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
|
---|
1517 | @samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
|
---|
1518 | @samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
|
---|
1519 | @samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
|
---|
1520 | High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
|
---|
1521 | @samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
|
---|
1522 | also.
|
---|
1523 |
|
---|
1524 | Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
|
---|
1525 | which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
|
---|
1526 | other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
|
---|
1527 | omitted from the listing.
|
---|
1528 |
|
---|
1529 | Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
|
---|
1530 | listing.
|
---|
1531 |
|
---|
1532 | Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
|
---|
1533 | listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
|
---|
1534 | @code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
|
---|
1535 | @code{.sbttl}.
|
---|
1536 | The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
|
---|
1537 | If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
|
---|
1538 | listing-control directives have no effect.
|
---|
1539 |
|
---|
1540 | The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
|
---|
1541 | @emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
|
---|
1542 |
|
---|
1543 | Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (eg because it
|
---|
1544 | is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
|
---|
1545 | is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
|
---|
1546 | directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
|
---|
1547 | stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
|
---|
1548 | memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
|
---|
1549 |
|
---|
1550 | @node D
|
---|
1551 | @section @option{-D}
|
---|
1552 |
|
---|
1553 | @kindex -D
|
---|
1554 | This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
|
---|
1555 | likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
|
---|
1556 | @command{@value{AS}}.
|
---|
1557 |
|
---|
1558 | @node f
|
---|
1559 | @section Work Faster: @option{-f}
|
---|
1560 |
|
---|
1561 | @kindex -f
|
---|
1562 | @cindex trusted compiler
|
---|
1563 | @cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
|
---|
1564 | @samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
|
---|
1565 | (trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
|
---|
1566 | and comment preprocessing on
|
---|
1567 | the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
|
---|
1568 | ,Preprocessing}.
|
---|
1569 |
|
---|
1570 | @quotation
|
---|
1571 | @emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
|
---|
1572 | preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
|
---|
1573 | not work correctly.
|
---|
1574 | @end quotation
|
---|
1575 |
|
---|
1576 | @node I
|
---|
1577 | @section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
|
---|
1578 |
|
---|
1579 | @kindex -I @var{path}
|
---|
1580 | @cindex paths for @code{.include}
|
---|
1581 | @cindex search path for @code{.include}
|
---|
1582 | @cindex @code{include} directive search path
|
---|
1583 | Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
|
---|
1584 | @command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
|
---|
1585 | directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
|
---|
1586 | many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
|
---|
1587 | working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
|
---|
1588 | searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
|
---|
1589 | specified (left to right) on the command line.
|
---|
1590 |
|
---|
1591 | @node K
|
---|
1592 | @section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
|
---|
1593 |
|
---|
1594 | @kindex -K
|
---|
1595 | @ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
---|
1596 | On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
|
---|
1597 | permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
|
---|
1598 | where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
|
---|
1599 | generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
|
---|
1600 | family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
|
---|
1601 | alteration on other platforms.
|
---|
1602 | @end ifclear
|
---|
1603 |
|
---|
1604 | @ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
---|
1605 | @cindex difference tables, warning
|
---|
1606 | @cindex warning for altered difference tables
|
---|
1607 | @command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the form
|
---|
1608 | @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}; @pxref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
|
---|
1609 | You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
|
---|
1610 | is done.
|
---|
1611 | @end ifset
|
---|
1612 |
|
---|
1613 | @node L
|
---|
1614 | @section Include Local Labels: @option{-L}
|
---|
1615 |
|
---|
1616 | @kindex -L
|
---|
1617 | @cindex local labels, retaining in output
|
---|
1618 | Labels beginning with @samp{L} (upper case only) are called @dfn{local
|
---|
1619 | labels}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see such labels when
|
---|
1620 | debugging, because they are intended for the use of programs (like
|
---|
1621 | compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your notice.
|
---|
1622 | Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard such labels, so you do not
|
---|
1623 | normally debug with them.
|
---|
1624 |
|
---|
1625 | This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those @samp{L@dots{}} symbols
|
---|
1626 | in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
|
---|
1627 | @code{@value{LD}} to preserve symbols whose names begin with @samp{L}.
|
---|
1628 |
|
---|
1629 | By default, a local label is any label beginning with @samp{L}, but each
|
---|
1630 | target is allowed to redefine the local label prefix.
|
---|
1631 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
1632 | On the HPPA local labels begin with @samp{L$}.
|
---|
1633 | @end ifset
|
---|
1634 |
|
---|
1635 | @node listing
|
---|
1636 | @section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
|
---|
1637 |
|
---|
1638 | The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
|
---|
1639 | @samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
|
---|
1640 | hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
|
---|
1641 | them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by pseudo
|
---|
1642 | ops inside the assembler source (@pxref{List} @pxref{Title} @pxref{Sbttl}
|
---|
1643 | @pxref{Psize} @pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
|
---|
1644 |
|
---|
1645 | @table @gcctabopt
|
---|
1646 | @item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
|
---|
1647 | @kindex --listing-lhs-width
|
---|
1648 | @cindex Width of first line disassembly output
|
---|
1649 | Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
|
---|
1650 | dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
|
---|
1651 |
|
---|
1652 | @item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
|
---|
1653 | @kindex --listing-lhs-width2
|
---|
1654 | @cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
|
---|
1655 | Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
|
---|
1656 | a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
|
---|
1657 | the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
|
---|
1658 | switch is used the default is to one.
|
---|
1659 |
|
---|
1660 | @item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
|
---|
1661 | @kindex --listing-rhs-width
|
---|
1662 | @cindex Width of source line output
|
---|
1663 | Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
|
---|
1664 | alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
|
---|
1665 | source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
|
---|
1666 |
|
---|
1667 | @item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
|
---|
1668 | @kindex --listing-cont-lines
|
---|
1669 | @cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
|
---|
1670 | Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
|
---|
1671 | displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
|
---|
1672 | @end table
|
---|
1673 |
|
---|
1674 | @node M
|
---|
1675 | @section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
|
---|
1676 |
|
---|
1677 | @kindex -M
|
---|
1678 | @cindex MRI compatibility mode
|
---|
1679 | The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
|
---|
1680 | changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
|
---|
1681 | compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
|
---|
1682 | configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
|
---|
1683 | MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
|
---|
1684 | information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
|
---|
1685 | arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
|
---|
1686 | assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
|
---|
1687 |
|
---|
1688 | The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
|
---|
1689 | depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
|
---|
1690 | file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
|
---|
1691 | individually. These are:
|
---|
1692 |
|
---|
1693 | @itemize @bullet
|
---|
1694 | @item global symbols in common section
|
---|
1695 |
|
---|
1696 | The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
|
---|
1697 | Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
|
---|
1698 | common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
|
---|
1699 | symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
|
---|
1700 | symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
|
---|
1701 |
|
---|
1702 | @item complex relocations
|
---|
1703 |
|
---|
1704 | The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
|
---|
1705 | relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
|
---|
1706 | are not support by other object file formats.
|
---|
1707 |
|
---|
1708 | @item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
|
---|
1709 |
|
---|
1710 | The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
|
---|
1711 | This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
|
---|
1712 | instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
|
---|
1713 | script.
|
---|
1714 |
|
---|
1715 | @item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
|
---|
1716 |
|
---|
1717 | The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
|
---|
1718 | name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
|
---|
1719 |
|
---|
1720 | @item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
|
---|
1721 |
|
---|
1722 | The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
|
---|
1723 | address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
|
---|
1724 | which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
|
---|
1725 | not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
|
---|
1726 | assigned within a linker script.
|
---|
1727 | @end itemize
|
---|
1728 |
|
---|
1729 | There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
|
---|
1730 | @command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
|
---|
1731 | seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
|
---|
1732 |
|
---|
1733 | @itemize @bullet
|
---|
1734 |
|
---|
1735 | @item EBCDIC strings
|
---|
1736 |
|
---|
1737 | EBCDIC strings are not supported.
|
---|
1738 |
|
---|
1739 | @item packed binary coded decimal
|
---|
1740 |
|
---|
1741 | Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
|
---|
1742 | and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
|
---|
1743 |
|
---|
1744 | @item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
|
---|
1745 |
|
---|
1746 | The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
|
---|
1747 |
|
---|
1748 | @item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
|
---|
1749 |
|
---|
1750 | The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
|
---|
1751 |
|
---|
1752 | @item @code{OPT} branch control options
|
---|
1753 |
|
---|
1754 | The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
|
---|
1755 | @code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
|
---|
1756 | relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
|
---|
1757 | these options serve no purpose.
|
---|
1758 |
|
---|
1759 | @item @code{OPT} list control options
|
---|
1760 |
|
---|
1761 | The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
|
---|
1762 | @code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
|
---|
1763 | @code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
|
---|
1764 |
|
---|
1765 | @item other @code{OPT} options
|
---|
1766 |
|
---|
1767 | The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
|
---|
1768 | @code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
|
---|
1769 |
|
---|
1770 | @item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
|
---|
1771 |
|
---|
1772 | The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
|
---|
1773 | @code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
|
---|
1774 |
|
---|
1775 | @item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
|
---|
1776 |
|
---|
1777 | The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
|
---|
1778 |
|
---|
1779 | @item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
|
---|
1780 |
|
---|
1781 | The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
|
---|
1782 |
|
---|
1783 | @item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
|
---|
1784 |
|
---|
1785 | The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
|
---|
1786 |
|
---|
1787 | @item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
|
---|
1788 |
|
---|
1789 | The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
|
---|
1790 |
|
---|
1791 | @item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
|
---|
1792 |
|
---|
1793 | The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
|
---|
1794 |
|
---|
1795 | @item @code{.output} pseudo-op
|
---|
1796 |
|
---|
1797 | The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
|
---|
1798 |
|
---|
1799 | @item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
|
---|
1800 |
|
---|
1801 | The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
|
---|
1802 |
|
---|
1803 | @end itemize
|
---|
1804 |
|
---|
1805 | @node MD
|
---|
1806 | @section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
|
---|
1807 |
|
---|
1808 | @kindex --MD
|
---|
1809 | @cindex dependency tracking
|
---|
1810 | @cindex make rules
|
---|
1811 |
|
---|
1812 | @command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
|
---|
1813 | file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
|
---|
1814 | dependencies of the main source file.
|
---|
1815 |
|
---|
1816 | The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
|
---|
1817 |
|
---|
1818 | This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
|
---|
1819 |
|
---|
1820 | @node o
|
---|
1821 | @section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
|
---|
1822 |
|
---|
1823 | @kindex -o
|
---|
1824 | @cindex naming object file
|
---|
1825 | @cindex object file name
|
---|
1826 | There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
|
---|
1827 | default it has the name
|
---|
1828 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
1829 | @ifset I960
|
---|
1830 | @file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
|
---|
1831 | @end ifset
|
---|
1832 | @ifclear I960
|
---|
1833 | @file{a.out}.
|
---|
1834 | @end ifclear
|
---|
1835 | @end ifset
|
---|
1836 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
1837 | @ifset I960
|
---|
1838 | @file{b.out}.
|
---|
1839 | @end ifset
|
---|
1840 | @ifclear I960
|
---|
1841 | @file{a.out}.
|
---|
1842 | @end ifclear
|
---|
1843 | @end ifclear
|
---|
1844 | You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
|
---|
1845 | object file a different name.
|
---|
1846 |
|
---|
1847 | Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
|
---|
1848 | existing file of the same name.
|
---|
1849 |
|
---|
1850 | @node R
|
---|
1851 | @section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
|
---|
1852 |
|
---|
1853 | @kindex -R
|
---|
1854 | @cindex data and text sections, joining
|
---|
1855 | @cindex text and data sections, joining
|
---|
1856 | @cindex joining text and data sections
|
---|
1857 | @cindex merging text and data sections
|
---|
1858 | @option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
|
---|
1859 | data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
|
---|
1860 | the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
|
---|
1861 | section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
|
---|
1862 | your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
|
---|
1863 | appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
|
---|
1864 |
|
---|
1865 | When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
|
---|
1866 | address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
|
---|
1867 | data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
|
---|
1868 | older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
|
---|
1869 |
|
---|
1870 | @ifset COFF-ELF
|
---|
1871 | When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
|
---|
1872 | this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
|
---|
1873 | @samp{.data}.
|
---|
1874 | @end ifset
|
---|
1875 |
|
---|
1876 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
1877 | @option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
|
---|
1878 | @option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
|
---|
1879 | @end ifset
|
---|
1880 |
|
---|
1881 | @node statistics
|
---|
1882 | @section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
|
---|
1883 |
|
---|
1884 | @kindex --statistics
|
---|
1885 | @cindex statistics, about assembly
|
---|
1886 | @cindex time, total for assembly
|
---|
1887 | @cindex space used, maximum for assembly
|
---|
1888 | Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
|
---|
1889 | @command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
|
---|
1890 | (in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
|
---|
1891 | seconds).
|
---|
1892 |
|
---|
1893 | @node traditional-format
|
---|
1894 | @section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
|
---|
1895 |
|
---|
1896 | @kindex --traditional-format
|
---|
1897 | For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
|
---|
1898 | from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
|
---|
1899 | @command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
|
---|
1900 |
|
---|
1901 | For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
|
---|
1902 | @command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
|
---|
1903 |
|
---|
1904 | @node v
|
---|
1905 | @section Announce Version: @option{-v}
|
---|
1906 |
|
---|
1907 | @kindex -v
|
---|
1908 | @kindex -version
|
---|
1909 | @cindex assembler version
|
---|
1910 | @cindex version of assembler
|
---|
1911 | You can find out what version of as is running by including the
|
---|
1912 | option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
|
---|
1913 | command line.
|
---|
1914 |
|
---|
1915 | @node W
|
---|
1916 | @section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
|
---|
1917 |
|
---|
1918 | @command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
|
---|
1919 | assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
|
---|
1920 | cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
|
---|
1921 | made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
|
---|
1922 |
|
---|
1923 | @kindex -W
|
---|
1924 | @kindex --no-warn
|
---|
1925 | @cindex suppressing warnings
|
---|
1926 | @cindex warnings, suppressing
|
---|
1927 | If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
|
---|
1928 | This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
|
---|
1929 | how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
|
---|
1930 | are still reported.
|
---|
1931 |
|
---|
1932 | @kindex --fatal-warnings
|
---|
1933 | @cindex errors, caused by warnings
|
---|
1934 | @cindex warnings, causing error
|
---|
1935 | If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
|
---|
1936 | files that generate warnings to be in error.
|
---|
1937 |
|
---|
1938 | @kindex --warn
|
---|
1939 | @cindex warnings, switching on
|
---|
1940 | You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
|
---|
1941 | causes warnings to be output as usual.
|
---|
1942 |
|
---|
1943 | @node Z
|
---|
1944 | @section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
|
---|
1945 | @cindex object file, after errors
|
---|
1946 | @cindex errors, continuing after
|
---|
1947 | After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
|
---|
1948 | some reason you are interested in object file output even after
|
---|
1949 | @command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
|
---|
1950 | option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
|
---|
1951 | writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
|
---|
1952 | errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
|
---|
1953 |
|
---|
1954 | @node Syntax
|
---|
1955 | @chapter Syntax
|
---|
1956 |
|
---|
1957 | @cindex machine-independent syntax
|
---|
1958 | @cindex syntax, machine-independent
|
---|
1959 | This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
|
---|
1960 | source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
|
---|
1961 | assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
|
---|
1962 | @ifclear VAX
|
---|
1963 | assembler.
|
---|
1964 | @end ifclear
|
---|
1965 | @ifset VAX
|
---|
1966 | assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
|
---|
1967 | @end ifset
|
---|
1968 |
|
---|
1969 | @menu
|
---|
1970 | * Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
|
---|
1971 | * Whitespace:: Whitespace
|
---|
1972 | * Comments:: Comments
|
---|
1973 | * Symbol Intro:: Symbols
|
---|
1974 | * Statements:: Statements
|
---|
1975 | * Constants:: Constants
|
---|
1976 | @end menu
|
---|
1977 |
|
---|
1978 | @node Preprocessing
|
---|
1979 | @section Preprocessing
|
---|
1980 |
|
---|
1981 | @cindex preprocessing
|
---|
1982 | The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
|
---|
1983 | @itemize @bullet
|
---|
1984 | @cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
|
---|
1985 | @item
|
---|
1986 | adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
|
---|
1987 | the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
|
---|
1988 | a single space.
|
---|
1989 |
|
---|
1990 | @cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
|
---|
1991 | @item
|
---|
1992 | removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
|
---|
1993 | appropriate number of newlines.
|
---|
1994 |
|
---|
1995 | @cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
|
---|
1996 | @item
|
---|
1997 | converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
|
---|
1998 | @end itemize
|
---|
1999 |
|
---|
2000 | It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
|
---|
2001 | anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
|
---|
2002 | do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
|
---|
2003 | (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
|
---|
2004 | to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
|
---|
2005 | @samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options,, Options Controlling the Kind of
|
---|
2006 | Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
|
---|
2007 |
|
---|
2008 | Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
|
---|
2009 | cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
|
---|
2010 | preprocessed.
|
---|
2011 |
|
---|
2012 | @cindex turning preprocessing on and off
|
---|
2013 | @cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
|
---|
2014 | @kindex #NO_APP
|
---|
2015 | @kindex #APP
|
---|
2016 | If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
|
---|
2017 | @samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
|
---|
2018 | Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
|
---|
2019 | specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
|
---|
2020 | text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
|
---|
2021 | @code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
|
---|
2022 | @code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
|
---|
2023 | and whitespace.
|
---|
2024 |
|
---|
2025 | @node Whitespace
|
---|
2026 | @section Whitespace
|
---|
2027 |
|
---|
2028 | @cindex whitespace
|
---|
2029 | @dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
|
---|
2030 | Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
|
---|
2031 | people to read. Unless within character constants
|
---|
2032 | (@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
|
---|
2033 | as exactly one space.
|
---|
2034 |
|
---|
2035 | @node Comments
|
---|
2036 | @section Comments
|
---|
2037 |
|
---|
2038 | @cindex comments
|
---|
2039 | There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
|
---|
2040 | cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
|
---|
2041 |
|
---|
2042 | Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
|
---|
2043 | This means you may not nest these comments.
|
---|
2044 |
|
---|
2045 | @smallexample
|
---|
2046 | /*
|
---|
2047 | The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
|
---|
2048 | is to use this sort of comment.
|
---|
2049 | */
|
---|
2050 |
|
---|
2051 | /* This sort of comment does not nest. */
|
---|
2052 | @end smallexample
|
---|
2053 |
|
---|
2054 | @cindex line comment character
|
---|
2055 | Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
|
---|
2056 | is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
|
---|
2057 | @ifset A29K
|
---|
2058 | @samp{;} for the AMD 29K family;
|
---|
2059 | @end ifset
|
---|
2060 | @ifset ARC
|
---|
2061 | @samp{;} on the ARC;
|
---|
2062 | @end ifset
|
---|
2063 | @ifset ARM
|
---|
2064 | @samp{@@} on the ARM;
|
---|
2065 | @end ifset
|
---|
2066 | @ifset H8/300
|
---|
2067 | @samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
|
---|
2068 | @end ifset
|
---|
2069 | @ifset H8/500
|
---|
2070 | @samp{!} for the H8/500 family;
|
---|
2071 | @end ifset
|
---|
2072 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
2073 | @samp{;} for the HPPA;
|
---|
2074 | @end ifset
|
---|
2075 | @ifset I80386
|
---|
2076 | @samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
|
---|
2077 | @end ifset
|
---|
2078 | @ifset I960
|
---|
2079 | @samp{#} on the i960;
|
---|
2080 | @end ifset
|
---|
2081 | @ifset PDP11
|
---|
2082 | @samp{;} for the PDP-11;
|
---|
2083 | @end ifset
|
---|
2084 | @ifset PJ
|
---|
2085 | @samp{;} for picoJava;
|
---|
2086 | @end ifset
|
---|
2087 | @ifset PPC
|
---|
2088 | @samp{;} for Motorola PowerPC;
|
---|
2089 | @end ifset
|
---|
2090 | @ifset SH
|
---|
2091 | @samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
|
---|
2092 | @end ifset
|
---|
2093 | @ifset SPARC
|
---|
2094 | @samp{!} on the SPARC;
|
---|
2095 | @end ifset
|
---|
2096 | @ifset IP2K
|
---|
2097 | @samp{#} on the ip2k;
|
---|
2098 | @end ifset
|
---|
2099 | @ifset M32R
|
---|
2100 | @samp{#} on the m32r;
|
---|
2101 | @end ifset
|
---|
2102 | @ifset M680X0
|
---|
2103 | @samp{|} on the 680x0;
|
---|
2104 | @end ifset
|
---|
2105 | @ifset M68HC11
|
---|
2106 | @samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
|
---|
2107 | @end ifset
|
---|
2108 | @ifset M880X0
|
---|
2109 | @samp{;} on the M880x0;
|
---|
2110 | @end ifset
|
---|
2111 | @ifset VAX
|
---|
2112 | @samp{#} on the Vax;
|
---|
2113 | @end ifset
|
---|
2114 | @ifset Z8000
|
---|
2115 | @samp{!} for the Z8000;
|
---|
2116 | @end ifset
|
---|
2117 | @ifset V850
|
---|
2118 | @samp{#} on the V850;
|
---|
2119 | @end ifset
|
---|
2120 | @ifset XTENSA
|
---|
2121 | @samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
|
---|
2122 | @end ifset
|
---|
2123 | see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
|
---|
2124 | @c FIXME What about i860?
|
---|
2125 |
|
---|
2126 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
2127 | On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
|
---|
2128 | character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
|
---|
2129 | a line, while the other always begins a comment.
|
---|
2130 | @end ifset
|
---|
2131 |
|
---|
2132 | @ifset V850
|
---|
2133 | The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
|
---|
2134 | extends to the end of the line.
|
---|
2135 |
|
---|
2136 | @samp{--};
|
---|
2137 | @end ifset
|
---|
2138 |
|
---|
2139 | @kindex #
|
---|
2140 | @cindex lines starting with @code{#}
|
---|
2141 | @cindex logical line numbers
|
---|
2142 | To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
|
---|
2143 | special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
|
---|
2144 | expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
|
---|
2145 | line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings,, Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
|
---|
2146 | new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
|
---|
2147 |
|
---|
2148 | If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
|
---|
2149 | the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
|
---|
2150 |
|
---|
2151 | @smallexample
|
---|
2152 | # This is an ordinary comment.
|
---|
2153 | # 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
|
---|
2154 | # This is logical line # 36.
|
---|
2155 | @end smallexample
|
---|
2156 | This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
|
---|
2157 | of @command{@value{AS}}.
|
---|
2158 |
|
---|
2159 | @node Symbol Intro
|
---|
2160 | @section Symbols
|
---|
2161 |
|
---|
2162 | @cindex characters used in symbols
|
---|
2163 | @ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
|
---|
2164 | A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
|
---|
2165 | letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
|
---|
2166 | @samp{_.$}.
|
---|
2167 | @end ifclear
|
---|
2168 | @ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
|
---|
2169 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
2170 | @ifset H8
|
---|
2171 | A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
|
---|
2172 | letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
|
---|
2173 | @samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
|
---|
2174 | symbol names.)
|
---|
2175 | @end ifset
|
---|
2176 | @end ifclear
|
---|
2177 | @end ifset
|
---|
2178 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
2179 | On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
|
---|
2180 | are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
---|
2181 | @end ifset
|
---|
2182 | No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
|
---|
2183 | There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
|
---|
2184 | delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
|
---|
2185 | (since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
|
---|
2186 | not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
|
---|
2187 | @cindex length of symbols
|
---|
2188 |
|
---|
2189 | @node Statements
|
---|
2190 | @section Statements
|
---|
2191 |
|
---|
2192 | @cindex statements, structure of
|
---|
2193 | @cindex line separator character
|
---|
2194 | @cindex statement separator character
|
---|
2195 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
2196 | @ifclear abnormal-separator
|
---|
2197 | A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
|
---|
2198 | semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
|
---|
2199 | the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
|
---|
2200 | constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
|
---|
2201 | @end ifclear
|
---|
2202 | @ifset abnormal-separator
|
---|
2203 | @ifset A29K
|
---|
2204 | A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an ``at''
|
---|
2205 | sign (@samp{@@}). The newline or at sign is considered part of the
|
---|
2206 | preceding statement. Newlines and at signs within character constants
|
---|
2207 | are an exception: they do not end statements.
|
---|
2208 | @end ifset
|
---|
2209 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
2210 | A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
|
---|
2211 | point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
|
---|
2212 | preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
|
---|
2213 | constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
|
---|
2214 | @end ifset
|
---|
2215 | @ifset H8
|
---|
2216 | A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
|
---|
2217 | H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the
|
---|
2218 | Renesas-SH or the
|
---|
2219 | H8/500) a semicolon
|
---|
2220 | (@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
|
---|
2221 | the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
|
---|
2222 | constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
|
---|
2223 | @end ifset
|
---|
2224 | @end ifset
|
---|
2225 | @end ifclear
|
---|
2226 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
2227 | A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
|
---|
2228 | separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless
|
---|
2229 | this conflicts with the comment character; @pxref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
|
---|
2230 | newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
|
---|
2231 | statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
|
---|
2232 | exception: they do not end statements.
|
---|
2233 | @end ifset
|
---|
2234 |
|
---|
2235 | @cindex newline, required at file end
|
---|
2236 | @cindex EOF, newline must precede
|
---|
2237 | It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
|
---|
2238 | character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
|
---|
2239 |
|
---|
2240 | An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
|
---|
2241 |
|
---|
2242 | @cindex instructions and directives
|
---|
2243 | @cindex directives and instructions
|
---|
2244 | @c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
|
---|
2245 | @c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
|
---|
2246 | @c 13feb91.
|
---|
2247 | A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
|
---|
2248 | key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
|
---|
2249 | symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
|
---|
2250 | symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
|
---|
2251 | directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
|
---|
2252 | a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
|
---|
2253 | assembles into a machine language instruction.
|
---|
2254 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
2255 | Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
|
---|
2256 | recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
|
---|
2257 | represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
|
---|
2258 | language.@refill
|
---|
2259 | @end ifset
|
---|
2260 |
|
---|
2261 | @cindex @code{:} (label)
|
---|
2262 | @cindex label (@code{:})
|
---|
2263 | A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
|
---|
2264 | Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
|
---|
2265 | have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
|
---|
2266 |
|
---|
2267 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
2268 | For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
|
---|
2269 | the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
|
---|
2270 | only one label may be defined on each line.
|
---|
2271 | @end ifset
|
---|
2272 |
|
---|
2273 | @smallexample
|
---|
2274 | label: .directive followed by something
|
---|
2275 | another_label: # This is an empty statement.
|
---|
2276 | instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
|
---|
2277 | @end smallexample
|
---|
2278 |
|
---|
2279 | @node Constants
|
---|
2280 | @section Constants
|
---|
2281 |
|
---|
2282 | @cindex constants
|
---|
2283 | A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
|
---|
2284 | inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
|
---|
2285 | @smallexample
|
---|
2286 | @group
|
---|
2287 | .byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
|
---|
2288 | .ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
|
---|
2289 | .octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
|
---|
2290 | .float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
|
---|
2291 | 95028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
|
---|
2292 | @end group
|
---|
2293 | @end smallexample
|
---|
2294 |
|
---|
2295 | @menu
|
---|
2296 | * Characters:: Character Constants
|
---|
2297 | * Numbers:: Number Constants
|
---|
2298 | @end menu
|
---|
2299 |
|
---|
2300 | @node Characters
|
---|
2301 | @subsection Character Constants
|
---|
2302 |
|
---|
2303 | @cindex character constants
|
---|
2304 | @cindex constants, character
|
---|
2305 | There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
|
---|
2306 | for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
|
---|
2307 | numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
|
---|
2308 | @emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
|
---|
2309 | used in arithmetic expressions.
|
---|
2310 |
|
---|
2311 | @menu
|
---|
2312 | * Strings:: Strings
|
---|
2313 | * Chars:: Characters
|
---|
2314 | @end menu
|
---|
2315 |
|
---|
2316 | @node Strings
|
---|
2317 | @subsubsection Strings
|
---|
2318 |
|
---|
2319 | @cindex string constants
|
---|
2320 | @cindex constants, string
|
---|
2321 | A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
|
---|
2322 | double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
|
---|
2323 | into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
|
---|
2324 | a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
|
---|
2325 | one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
|
---|
2326 | @command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
|
---|
2327 | (which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
|
---|
2328 | escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
|
---|
2329 |
|
---|
2330 | @cindex escape codes, character
|
---|
2331 | @cindex character escape codes
|
---|
2332 | @table @kbd
|
---|
2333 | @c @item \a
|
---|
2334 | @c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
|
---|
2335 | @c
|
---|
2336 | @cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
|
---|
2337 | @cindex backspace (@code{\b})
|
---|
2338 | @item \b
|
---|
2339 | Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
|
---|
2340 |
|
---|
2341 | @c @item \e
|
---|
2342 | @c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
|
---|
2343 | @c
|
---|
2344 | @cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
|
---|
2345 | @cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
|
---|
2346 | @item \f
|
---|
2347 | Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
|
---|
2348 |
|
---|
2349 | @cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
|
---|
2350 | @cindex newline (@code{\n})
|
---|
2351 | @item \n
|
---|
2352 | Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
|
---|
2353 |
|
---|
2354 | @c @item \p
|
---|
2355 | @c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
|
---|
2356 | @c
|
---|
2357 | @cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
|
---|
2358 | @cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
|
---|
2359 | @item \r
|
---|
2360 | Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
|
---|
2361 |
|
---|
2362 | @c @item \s
|
---|
2363 | @c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
|
---|
2364 | @c other assemblers.
|
---|
2365 | @c
|
---|
2366 | @cindex @code{\t} (tab)
|
---|
2367 | @cindex tab (@code{\t})
|
---|
2368 | @item \t
|
---|
2369 | Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
|
---|
2370 |
|
---|
2371 | @c @item \v
|
---|
2372 | @c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
|
---|
2373 | @c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
|
---|
2374 | @c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
|
---|
2375 | @c
|
---|
2376 | @cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
|
---|
2377 | @cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
|
---|
2378 | @item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
|
---|
2379 | An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
|
---|
2380 | For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
|
---|
2381 | for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
|
---|
2382 |
|
---|
2383 | @cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
|
---|
2384 | @cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
|
---|
2385 | @item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
|
---|
2386 | A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
|
---|
2387 | lower case @code{x} works.
|
---|
2388 |
|
---|
2389 | @cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
|
---|
2390 | @cindex backslash (@code{\\})
|
---|
2391 | @item \\
|
---|
2392 | Represents one @samp{\} character.
|
---|
2393 |
|
---|
2394 | @c @item \'
|
---|
2395 | @c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
|
---|
2396 | @c This is needed in single character literals
|
---|
2397 | @c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
|
---|
2398 | @c a @samp{'}.
|
---|
2399 | @c
|
---|
2400 | @cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
|
---|
2401 | @cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
|
---|
2402 | @item \"
|
---|
2403 | Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
|
---|
2404 | this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
|
---|
2405 |
|
---|
2406 | @item \ @var{anything-else}
|
---|
2407 | Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
|
---|
2408 | assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
|
---|
2409 | you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
|
---|
2410 | interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
|
---|
2411 | other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
|
---|
2412 | code and warns you of the fact.
|
---|
2413 | @end table
|
---|
2414 |
|
---|
2415 | Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
|
---|
2416 | varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
|
---|
2417 | the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
|
---|
2418 | compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
|
---|
2419 | sequence.
|
---|
2420 |
|
---|
2421 | @node Chars
|
---|
2422 | @subsubsection Characters
|
---|
2423 |
|
---|
2424 | @cindex single character constant
|
---|
2425 | @cindex character, single
|
---|
2426 | @cindex constant, single character
|
---|
2427 | A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
|
---|
2428 | followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
|
---|
2429 | to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
|
---|
2430 | must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
|
---|
2431 | @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
|
---|
2432 | grave accent. A newline
|
---|
2433 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
2434 | @ifclear abnormal-separator
|
---|
2435 | (or semicolon @samp{;})
|
---|
2436 | @end ifclear
|
---|
2437 | @ifset abnormal-separator
|
---|
2438 | @ifset A29K
|
---|
2439 | (or at sign @samp{@@})
|
---|
2440 | @end ifset
|
---|
2441 | @ifset H8
|
---|
2442 | (or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
|
---|
2443 | Renesas SH or H8/500)
|
---|
2444 | @end ifset
|
---|
2445 | @end ifset
|
---|
2446 | @end ifclear
|
---|
2447 | immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
|
---|
2448 | and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
|
---|
2449 | constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
|
---|
2450 | that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
|
---|
2451 | @kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
|
---|
2452 |
|
---|
2453 | @node Numbers
|
---|
2454 | @subsection Number Constants
|
---|
2455 |
|
---|
2456 | @cindex constants, number
|
---|
2457 | @cindex number constants
|
---|
2458 | @command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
|
---|
2459 | are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
|
---|
2460 | would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
|
---|
2461 | integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
|
---|
2462 | are floating point numbers, described below.
|
---|
2463 |
|
---|
2464 | @menu
|
---|
2465 | * Integers:: Integers
|
---|
2466 | * Bignums:: Bignums
|
---|
2467 | * Flonums:: Flonums
|
---|
2468 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
2469 | @ifset I960
|
---|
2470 | * Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
|
---|
2471 | @end ifset
|
---|
2472 | @end ifclear
|
---|
2473 | @end menu
|
---|
2474 |
|
---|
2475 | @node Integers
|
---|
2476 | @subsubsection Integers
|
---|
2477 | @cindex integers
|
---|
2478 | @cindex constants, integer
|
---|
2479 |
|
---|
2480 | @cindex binary integers
|
---|
2481 | @cindex integers, binary
|
---|
2482 | A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
|
---|
2483 | the binary digits @samp{01}.
|
---|
2484 |
|
---|
2485 | @cindex octal integers
|
---|
2486 | @cindex integers, octal
|
---|
2487 | An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
|
---|
2488 | digits (@samp{01234567}).
|
---|
2489 |
|
---|
2490 | @cindex decimal integers
|
---|
2491 | @cindex integers, decimal
|
---|
2492 | A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
|
---|
2493 | more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
|
---|
2494 |
|
---|
2495 | @cindex hexadecimal integers
|
---|
2496 | @cindex integers, hexadecimal
|
---|
2497 | A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
|
---|
2498 | more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
|
---|
2499 |
|
---|
2500 | Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
|
---|
2501 | the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
|
---|
2502 | (@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
|
---|
2503 |
|
---|
2504 | @node Bignums
|
---|
2505 | @subsubsection Bignums
|
---|
2506 |
|
---|
2507 | @cindex bignums
|
---|
2508 | @cindex constants, bignum
|
---|
2509 | A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
|
---|
2510 | except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
|
---|
2511 | represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
|
---|
2512 | integers are permitted while bignums are not.
|
---|
2513 |
|
---|
2514 | @node Flonums
|
---|
2515 | @subsubsection Flonums
|
---|
2516 | @cindex flonums
|
---|
2517 | @cindex floating point numbers
|
---|
2518 | @cindex constants, floating point
|
---|
2519 |
|
---|
2520 | @cindex precision, floating point
|
---|
2521 | A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
|
---|
2522 | indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
|
---|
2523 | @command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
|
---|
2524 | sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
|
---|
2525 | to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
|
---|
2526 | portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
|
---|
2527 |
|
---|
2528 | A flonum is written by writing (in order)
|
---|
2529 | @itemize @bullet
|
---|
2530 | @item
|
---|
2531 | The digit @samp{0}.
|
---|
2532 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
2533 | (@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
|
---|
2534 | @end ifset
|
---|
2535 |
|
---|
2536 | @item
|
---|
2537 | A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
|
---|
2538 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
2539 | @kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
|
---|
2540 | @ignore
|
---|
2541 | @c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
|
---|
2542 | (Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
|
---|
2543 | 4.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
|
---|
2544 | @end ignore
|
---|
2545 |
|
---|
2546 | On the H8/300, H8/500,
|
---|
2547 | Renesas / SuperH SH,
|
---|
2548 | and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
|
---|
2549 | one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
|
---|
2550 |
|
---|
2551 | On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
|
---|
2552 | (in upper or lower case).
|
---|
2553 |
|
---|
2554 | On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
|
---|
2555 | one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
|
---|
2556 |
|
---|
2557 | On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
|
---|
2558 | @end ifset
|
---|
2559 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
2560 | @ifset A29K
|
---|
2561 | One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
|
---|
2562 | @end ifset
|
---|
2563 | @ifset ARC
|
---|
2564 | One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
|
---|
2565 | @end ifset
|
---|
2566 | @ifset H8
|
---|
2567 | One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
|
---|
2568 | @end ifset
|
---|
2569 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
2570 | The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
|
---|
2571 | @end ifset
|
---|
2572 | @ifset I960
|
---|
2573 | One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
|
---|
2574 | @end ifset
|
---|
2575 | @end ifclear
|
---|
2576 |
|
---|
2577 | @item
|
---|
2578 | An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
|
---|
2579 |
|
---|
2580 | @item
|
---|
2581 | An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
|
---|
2582 |
|
---|
2583 | @item
|
---|
2584 | An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
|
---|
2585 | or more decimal digits.
|
---|
2586 |
|
---|
2587 | @item
|
---|
2588 | An optional exponent, consisting of:
|
---|
2589 |
|
---|
2590 | @itemize @bullet
|
---|
2591 | @item
|
---|
2592 | An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
|
---|
2593 | @c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
|
---|
2594 | @c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
|
---|
2595 | @item
|
---|
2596 | Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
|
---|
2597 | @item
|
---|
2598 | One or more decimal digits.
|
---|
2599 | @end itemize
|
---|
2600 |
|
---|
2601 | @end itemize
|
---|
2602 |
|
---|
2603 | At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
|
---|
2604 | present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
|
---|
2605 |
|
---|
2606 | @command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
|
---|
2607 | independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
|
---|
2608 | @command{@value{AS}}.
|
---|
2609 |
|
---|
2610 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
2611 | @ifset I960
|
---|
2612 | @c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
|
---|
2613 | @c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
|
---|
2614 | @c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
|
---|
2615 | @node Bit Fields
|
---|
2616 | @subsubsection Bit Fields
|
---|
2617 |
|
---|
2618 | @cindex bit fields
|
---|
2619 | @cindex constants, bit field
|
---|
2620 | You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
|
---|
2621 | specify two numbers separated by a colon---
|
---|
2622 | @example
|
---|
2623 | @var{mask}:@var{value}
|
---|
2624 | @end example
|
---|
2625 | @noindent
|
---|
2626 | @command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
|
---|
2627 | @var{value}.
|
---|
2628 |
|
---|
2629 | The resulting number is then packed
|
---|
2630 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
2631 | @c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
|
---|
2632 | (in host-dependent byte order)
|
---|
2633 | @end ifset
|
---|
2634 | into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
|
---|
2635 | bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
|
---|
2636 | requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
|
---|
2637 | more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
|
---|
2638 | least significant digits.@refill
|
---|
2639 |
|
---|
2640 | The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
|
---|
2641 | @code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
|
---|
2642 | @end ifset
|
---|
2643 | @end ifclear
|
---|
2644 |
|
---|
2645 | @node Sections
|
---|
2646 | @chapter Sections and Relocation
|
---|
2647 | @cindex sections
|
---|
2648 | @cindex relocation
|
---|
2649 |
|
---|
2650 | @menu
|
---|
2651 | * Secs Background:: Background
|
---|
2652 | * Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
|
---|
2653 | * As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
|
---|
2654 | * Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
|
---|
2655 | * bss:: bss Section
|
---|
2656 | @end menu
|
---|
2657 |
|
---|
2658 | @node Secs Background
|
---|
2659 | @section Background
|
---|
2660 |
|
---|
2661 | Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
|
---|
2662 | ``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
|
---|
2663 | For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
|
---|
2664 |
|
---|
2665 | @cindex linker, and assembler
|
---|
2666 | @cindex assembler, and linker
|
---|
2667 | The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
|
---|
2668 | combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
|
---|
2669 | emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
|
---|
2670 | @code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
|
---|
2671 | different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
|
---|
2672 | oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
|
---|
2673 | sections.
|
---|
2674 |
|
---|
2675 | @code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
|
---|
2676 | addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
|
---|
2677 | units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
|
---|
2678 | within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
|
---|
2679 | run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
|
---|
2680 | the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
|
---|
2681 | the proper run-time addresses.
|
---|
2682 | @ifset H8
|
---|
2683 | For the H8/300 and H8/500,
|
---|
2684 | and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
|
---|
2685 | @command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
|
---|
2686 | ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
|
---|
2687 | @end ifset
|
---|
2688 |
|
---|
2689 | @cindex standard assembler sections
|
---|
2690 | An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
|
---|
2691 | of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
|
---|
2692 | @dfn{bss} sections.
|
---|
2693 |
|
---|
2694 | @ifset COFF-ELF
|
---|
2695 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
2696 | When it generates COFF or ELF output,
|
---|
2697 | @end ifset
|
---|
2698 | @command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
|
---|
2699 | using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
|
---|
2700 | If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
|
---|
2701 | or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
|
---|
2702 | @end ifset
|
---|
2703 |
|
---|
2704 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
2705 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
2706 | When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
|
---|
2707 | @end ifset
|
---|
2708 | @command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
|
---|
2709 | specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
|
---|
2710 | @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
|
---|
2711 | (HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
|
---|
2712 | assembler directives.
|
---|
2713 |
|
---|
2714 | @ifset SOM
|
---|
2715 | Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
|
---|
2716 | text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
|
---|
2717 | is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
|
---|
2718 | BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
|
---|
2719 | @end ifset
|
---|
2720 | @end ifset
|
---|
2721 |
|
---|
2722 | Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
|
---|
2723 | data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
|
---|
2724 |
|
---|
2725 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
2726 | When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
|
---|
2727 | section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
|
---|
2728 | @code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
|
---|
2729 | @end ifset
|
---|
2730 |
|
---|
2731 | To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
|
---|
2732 | relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
|
---|
2733 | object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
|
---|
2734 | @code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
|
---|
2735 | file is mentioned:
|
---|
2736 | @itemize @bullet
|
---|
2737 | @item
|
---|
2738 | Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
|
---|
2739 | an address?
|
---|
2740 | @item
|
---|
2741 | How long (in bytes) is this reference?
|
---|
2742 | @item
|
---|
2743 | Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
|
---|
2744 | @display
|
---|
2745 | (@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
|
---|
2746 | @end display
|
---|
2747 | @item
|
---|
2748 | Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
|
---|
2749 | @end itemize
|
---|
2750 |
|
---|
2751 | @cindex addresses, format of
|
---|
2752 | @cindex section-relative addressing
|
---|
2753 | In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
|
---|
2754 | @display
|
---|
2755 | (@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
|
---|
2756 | @end display
|
---|
2757 | @noindent
|
---|
2758 | Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
|
---|
2759 | nature.
|
---|
2760 | @ifset SOM
|
---|
2761 | (For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
|
---|
2762 | symbol-relative instead.)
|
---|
2763 | @end ifset
|
---|
2764 |
|
---|
2765 | In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
|
---|
2766 | @var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
|
---|
2767 |
|
---|
2768 | Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
|
---|
2769 | @dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
|
---|
2770 | addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
|
---|
2771 | @code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
|
---|
2772 | @code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
|
---|
2773 | data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
|
---|
2774 | their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
|
---|
2775 | part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
|
---|
2776 | address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
|
---|
2777 |
|
---|
2778 | The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
|
---|
2779 | address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
|
---|
2780 | rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
|
---|
2781 | Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
|
---|
2782 | address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
|
---|
2783 | common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
|
---|
2784 | time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
|
---|
2785 |
|
---|
2786 | By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
|
---|
2787 | the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
|
---|
2788 | sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
|
---|
2789 | customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
|
---|
2790 | the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
|
---|
2791 | data and bss sections.
|
---|
2792 |
|
---|
2793 | Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
|
---|
2794 | use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
|
---|
2795 |
|
---|
2796 | @node Ld Sections
|
---|
2797 | @section Linker Sections
|
---|
2798 | @code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
|
---|
2799 |
|
---|
2800 | @table @strong
|
---|
2801 |
|
---|
2802 | @ifset COFF-ELF
|
---|
2803 | @cindex named sections
|
---|
2804 | @cindex sections, named
|
---|
2805 | @item named sections
|
---|
2806 | @end ifset
|
---|
2807 | @ifset aout-bout
|
---|
2808 | @cindex text section
|
---|
2809 | @cindex data section
|
---|
2810 | @itemx text section
|
---|
2811 | @itemx data section
|
---|
2812 | @end ifset
|
---|
2813 | These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
|
---|
2814 | separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
|
---|
2815 | true of another.
|
---|
2816 | @c @ifset aout-bout
|
---|
2817 | When the program is running, however, it is
|
---|
2818 | customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
|
---|
2819 | text section is often shared among processes: it contains
|
---|
2820 | instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
|
---|
2821 | program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
|
---|
2822 | in the data section.
|
---|
2823 | @c @end ifset
|
---|
2824 |
|
---|
2825 | @cindex bss section
|
---|
2826 | @item bss section
|
---|
2827 | This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
|
---|
2828 | is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
|
---|
2829 | each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
|
---|
2830 | out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
|
---|
2831 | bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
|
---|
2832 | those explicit zeros from object files.
|
---|
2833 |
|
---|
2834 | @cindex absolute section
|
---|
2835 | @item absolute section
|
---|
2836 | Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
|
---|
2837 | This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
|
---|
2838 | not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
|
---|
2839 | addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
|
---|
2840 |
|
---|
2841 | @cindex undefined section
|
---|
2842 | @item undefined section
|
---|
2843 | This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
|
---|
2844 | the preceding sections.
|
---|
2845 | @c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
|
---|
2846 | @end table
|
---|
2847 |
|
---|
2848 | @cindex relocation example
|
---|
2849 | An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
|
---|
2850 | @ifset COFF-ELF
|
---|
2851 | The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
|
---|
2852 | @end ifset
|
---|
2853 | Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
|
---|
2854 |
|
---|
2855 | @c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
---|
2856 | @ifnottex
|
---|
2857 | @c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
---|
2858 | @smallexample
|
---|
2859 | +-----+----+--+
|
---|
2860 | partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
|
---|
2861 | +-----+----+--+
|
---|
2862 |
|
---|
2863 | text data bss
|
---|
2864 | seg. seg. seg.
|
---|
2865 |
|
---|
2866 | +---+---+---+
|
---|
2867 | partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
|
---|
2868 | +---+---+---+
|
---|
2869 |
|
---|
2870 | +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
|
---|
2871 | linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
|
---|
2872 | +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
|
---|
2873 |
|
---|
2874 | addresses: 0 @dots{}
|
---|
2875 | @end smallexample
|
---|
2876 | @c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
---|
2877 | @end ifnottex
|
---|
2878 | @need 5000
|
---|
2879 | @tex
|
---|
2880 | \bigskip
|
---|
2881 | \line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
|
---|
2882 | \line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
|
---|
2883 | \line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
|
---|
2884 |
|
---|
2885 | \line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
|
---|
2886 | \line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
|
---|
2887 | \line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
|
---|
2888 |
|
---|
2889 | \line{\it linked program: \hfil}
|
---|
2890 | \line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
|
---|
2891 | \line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
|
---|
2892 | ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
|
---|
2893 | DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
|
---|
2894 |
|
---|
2895 | \line{\it addresses: \hfil}
|
---|
2896 | \line{0\dots\hfil}
|
---|
2897 |
|
---|
2898 | @end tex
|
---|
2899 | @c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
---|
2900 |
|
---|
2901 | @node As Sections
|
---|
2902 | @section Assembler Internal Sections
|
---|
2903 |
|
---|
2904 | @cindex internal assembler sections
|
---|
2905 | @cindex sections in messages, internal
|
---|
2906 | These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
|
---|
2907 | have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
|
---|
2908 | sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
|
---|
2909 | warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
|
---|
2910 | meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
|
---|
2911 | value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
|
---|
2912 | section-relative address.
|
---|
2913 |
|
---|
2914 | @table @b
|
---|
2915 | @cindex assembler internal logic error
|
---|
2916 | @item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
|
---|
2917 | An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
|
---|
2918 | bug in the assembler.
|
---|
2919 |
|
---|
2920 | @cindex expr (internal section)
|
---|
2921 | @item expr section
|
---|
2922 | The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
|
---|
2923 | symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
|
---|
2924 | it in the expr section.
|
---|
2925 | @c FIXME item debug
|
---|
2926 | @c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
|
---|
2927 | @c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
|
---|
2928 | @c FIXME item register
|
---|
2929 | @end table
|
---|
2930 |
|
---|
2931 | @node Sub-Sections
|
---|
2932 | @section Sub-Sections
|
---|
2933 |
|
---|
2934 | @cindex numbered subsections
|
---|
2935 | @cindex grouping data
|
---|
2936 | @ifset aout-bout
|
---|
2937 | Assembled bytes
|
---|
2938 | @ifset COFF-ELF
|
---|
2939 | conventionally
|
---|
2940 | @end ifset
|
---|
2941 | fall into two sections: text and data.
|
---|
2942 | @end ifset
|
---|
2943 | You may have separate groups of
|
---|
2944 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
2945 | data in named sections
|
---|
2946 | @end ifset
|
---|
2947 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
2948 | @ifclear aout-bout
|
---|
2949 | data in named sections
|
---|
2950 | @end ifclear
|
---|
2951 | @ifset aout-bout
|
---|
2952 | text or data
|
---|
2953 | @end ifset
|
---|
2954 | @end ifclear
|
---|
2955 | that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
|
---|
2956 | are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
|
---|
2957 | use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
|
---|
2958 | numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
|
---|
2959 | same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
|
---|
2960 | subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
|
---|
2961 | section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
|
---|
2962 | assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
|
---|
2963 | section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
|
---|
2964 | constants being output.
|
---|
2965 |
|
---|
2966 | Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
|
---|
2967 | goes in subsection number zero.
|
---|
2968 |
|
---|
2969 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
2970 | Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
|
---|
2971 | (Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
|
---|
2972 | of @command{@value{AS}}.)
|
---|
2973 | @end ifset
|
---|
2974 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
2975 | @ifset H8
|
---|
2976 | On the H8/300 and H8/500 platforms, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
|
---|
2977 | boundary (two bytes).
|
---|
2978 | The same is true on the Renesas SH.
|
---|
2979 | @end ifset
|
---|
2980 | @ifset I960
|
---|
2981 | @c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
|
---|
2982 | @c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
|
---|
2983 | @c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
|
---|
2984 | @c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
|
---|
2985 | @c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
|
---|
2986 | @c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
|
---|
2987 | @end ifset
|
---|
2988 | @ifset A29K
|
---|
2989 | On the AMD 29K family, no particular padding is added to section or
|
---|
2990 | subsection sizes; @value{AS} forces no alignment on this platform.
|
---|
2991 | @end ifset
|
---|
2992 | @end ifclear
|
---|
2993 |
|
---|
2994 | Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
|
---|
2995 | to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
|
---|
2996 | The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
|
---|
2997 | other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
|
---|
2998 | They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
|
---|
2999 | data subsections as a data section.
|
---|
3000 |
|
---|
3001 | To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
|
---|
3002 | into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
|
---|
3003 | @var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
|
---|
3004 | @ifset COFF-ELF
|
---|
3005 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
3006 | When generating COFF or ELF output, you
|
---|
3007 | @end ifset
|
---|
3008 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
3009 | You
|
---|
3010 | @end ifclear
|
---|
3011 | can also use an extra subsection
|
---|
3012 | argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
|
---|
3013 | @var{expression}}.
|
---|
3014 | @end ifset
|
---|
3015 | @var{Expression} should be an absolute expression.
|
---|
3016 | (@xref{Expressions}.) If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
|
---|
3017 | is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
|
---|
3018 | begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
|
---|
3019 | @smallexample
|
---|
3020 | .text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
|
---|
3021 | .ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
|
---|
3022 | .text 1
|
---|
3023 | .ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
|
---|
3024 | .data 0
|
---|
3025 | .ascii "This lives in the data section,"
|
---|
3026 | .ascii "in the first data subsection."
|
---|
3027 | .text 0
|
---|
3028 | .ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
|
---|
3029 | .ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
|
---|
3030 | @end smallexample
|
---|
3031 |
|
---|
3032 | Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
|
---|
3033 | assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
|
---|
3034 | restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
|
---|
3035 | counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
|
---|
3036 | @code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
|
---|
3037 | current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
|
---|
3038 | assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
|
---|
3039 |
|
---|
3040 | @node bss
|
---|
3041 | @section bss Section
|
---|
3042 |
|
---|
3043 | @cindex bss section
|
---|
3044 | @cindex common variable storage
|
---|
3045 | The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
|
---|
3046 | You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
|
---|
3047 | not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
|
---|
3048 | your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
|
---|
3049 | section are zeroed bytes.
|
---|
3050 |
|
---|
3051 | The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
|
---|
3052 | @ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
|
---|
3053 |
|
---|
3054 | The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
|
---|
3055 | another form of uninitialized symbol; see @xref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
|
---|
3056 |
|
---|
3057 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
3058 | When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
|
---|
3059 | COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
|
---|
3060 | see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
|
---|
3061 | section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
|
---|
3062 | @code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
|
---|
3063 | @end ifset
|
---|
3064 |
|
---|
3065 | @node Symbols
|
---|
3066 | @chapter Symbols
|
---|
3067 |
|
---|
3068 | @cindex symbols
|
---|
3069 | Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
|
---|
3070 | things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
|
---|
3071 | to debug.
|
---|
3072 |
|
---|
3073 | @quotation
|
---|
3074 | @cindex debuggers, and symbol order
|
---|
3075 | @emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
|
---|
3076 | the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
|
---|
3077 | @end quotation
|
---|
3078 |
|
---|
3079 | @menu
|
---|
3080 | * Labels:: Labels
|
---|
3081 | * Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
|
---|
3082 | * Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
|
---|
3083 | * Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
|
---|
3084 | * Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
|
---|
3085 | @end menu
|
---|
3086 |
|
---|
3087 | @node Labels
|
---|
3088 | @section Labels
|
---|
3089 |
|
---|
3090 | @cindex labels
|
---|
3091 | A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
|
---|
3092 | @samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
|
---|
3093 | active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
|
---|
3094 | operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
|
---|
3095 | different locations: the first definition overrides any other
|
---|
3096 | definitions.
|
---|
3097 |
|
---|
3098 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
3099 | On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
|
---|
3100 | colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
|
---|
3101 | a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
|
---|
3102 | provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
|
---|
3103 | @end ifset
|
---|
3104 |
|
---|
3105 | @node Setting Symbols
|
---|
3106 | @section Giving Symbols Other Values
|
---|
3107 |
|
---|
3108 | @cindex assigning values to symbols
|
---|
3109 | @cindex symbol values, assigning
|
---|
3110 | A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
|
---|
3111 | by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
|
---|
3112 | (@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
|
---|
3113 | directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
|
---|
3114 |
|
---|
3115 | @node Symbol Names
|
---|
3116 | @section Symbol Names
|
---|
3117 |
|
---|
3118 | @cindex symbol names
|
---|
3119 | @cindex names, symbol
|
---|
3120 | @ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
|
---|
3121 | Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
|
---|
3122 | machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
|
---|
3123 | noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
|
---|
3124 | string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted in
|
---|
3125 | @ref{Machine Dependencies}), and underscores.
|
---|
3126 | @end ifclear
|
---|
3127 | @ifset A29K
|
---|
3128 | For the AMD 29K family, @samp{?} is also allowed in the
|
---|
3129 | body of a symbol name, though not at its beginning.
|
---|
3130 | @end ifset
|
---|
3131 |
|
---|
3132 | @ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
|
---|
3133 | @ifset H8
|
---|
3134 | Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
|
---|
3135 | Renesas SH or the H8/500, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
|
---|
3136 | character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
|
---|
3137 | on the H8/300), and underscores.
|
---|
3138 | @end ifset
|
---|
3139 | @end ifset
|
---|
3140 |
|
---|
3141 | Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
|
---|
3142 | than @code{Foo}.
|
---|
3143 |
|
---|
3144 | Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
|
---|
3145 | refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
|
---|
3146 | in a program.
|
---|
3147 |
|
---|
3148 | @subheading Local Symbol Names
|
---|
3149 |
|
---|
3150 | @cindex local symbol names
|
---|
3151 | @cindex symbol names, local
|
---|
3152 | @cindex temporary symbol names
|
---|
3153 | @cindex symbol names, temporary
|
---|
3154 | Local symbols help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
|
---|
3155 | They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
|
---|
3156 | the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
|
---|
3157 | To define a local symbol, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
|
---|
3158 | represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
|
---|
3159 | definition of that symbol write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
|
---|
3160 | you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
|
---|
3161 | @samp{@b{N}f}--- The @samp{b} stands for``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
|
---|
3162 | for ``forwards''.
|
---|
3163 |
|
---|
3164 | There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
|
---|
3165 | too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
|
---|
3166 | the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
|
---|
3167 | defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
|
---|
3168 | definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
|
---|
3169 | noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
|
---|
3170 | implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
|
---|
3171 |
|
---|
3172 | Here is an example:
|
---|
3173 |
|
---|
3174 | @smallexample
|
---|
3175 | 1: branch 1f
|
---|
3176 | 2: branch 1b
|
---|
3177 | 1: branch 2f
|
---|
3178 | 2: branch 1b
|
---|
3179 | @end smallexample
|
---|
3180 |
|
---|
3181 | Which is the equivalent of:
|
---|
3182 |
|
---|
3183 | @smallexample
|
---|
3184 | label_1: branch label_3
|
---|
3185 | label_2: branch label_1
|
---|
3186 | label_3: branch label_4
|
---|
3187 | label_4: branch label_3
|
---|
3188 | @end smallexample
|
---|
3189 |
|
---|
3190 | Local symbol names are only a notational device. They are immediately
|
---|
3191 | transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
|
---|
3192 | The symbol names stored in the symbol table, appearing in error messages and
|
---|
3193 | optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using these
|
---|
3194 | parts:
|
---|
3195 |
|
---|
3196 | @table @code
|
---|
3197 | @item L
|
---|
3198 | All local labels begin with @samp{L}. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and
|
---|
3199 | @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols that start with @samp{L}. These labels are
|
---|
3200 | used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
|
---|
3201 | @samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
|
---|
3202 | object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
|
---|
3203 | you may use them in debugging.
|
---|
3204 |
|
---|
3205 | @item @var{number}
|
---|
3206 | This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
|
---|
3207 | label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
|
---|
3208 |
|
---|
3209 | @item @kbd{C-B}
|
---|
3210 | This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
|
---|
3211 | of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
|
---|
3212 |
|
---|
3213 | @item @emph{ordinal number}
|
---|
3214 | This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
|
---|
3215 | @samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
|
---|
3216 | number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
|
---|
3217 | the number @samp{1} and its 15th defintion gets @samp{15} as well.
|
---|
3218 | @end table
|
---|
3219 |
|
---|
3220 | So for example, the first @code{1:} is named @code{L1@kbd{C-B}1}, the 44th
|
---|
3221 | @code{3:} is named @code{L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
|
---|
3222 |
|
---|
3223 | @subheading Dollar Local Labels
|
---|
3224 | @cindex dollar local symbols
|
---|
3225 |
|
---|
3226 | @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
|
---|
3227 | dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (ie they become undefined) as soon
|
---|
3228 | as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
|
---|
3229 | region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
|
---|
3230 | scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
|
---|
3231 | the same local label.
|
---|
3232 |
|
---|
3233 | Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
|
---|
3234 | except that instead of being terminated by a colon, they are terminated by a
|
---|
3235 | dollar sign. eg @samp{@b{55$}}.
|
---|
3236 |
|
---|
3237 | They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
|
---|
3238 | name which uses ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
|
---|
3239 | to distinguish them from ordinary labels. Thus the 5th defintion of @samp{6$}
|
---|
3240 | is named @samp{L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
|
---|
3241 |
|
---|
3242 | @node Dot
|
---|
3243 | @section The Special Dot Symbol
|
---|
3244 |
|
---|
3245 | @cindex dot (symbol)
|
---|
3246 | @cindex @code{.} (symbol)
|
---|
3247 | @cindex current address
|
---|
3248 | @cindex location counter
|
---|
3249 | The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
|
---|
3250 | @command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
|
---|
3251 | .long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
|
---|
3252 | Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
|
---|
3253 | directive. Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
|
---|
3254 | @ifclear no-space-dir
|
---|
3255 | @samp{.space 4}.
|
---|
3256 | @end ifclear
|
---|
3257 | @ifset no-space-dir
|
---|
3258 | @ifset A29K
|
---|
3259 | @samp{.block 4}.
|
---|
3260 | @end ifset
|
---|
3261 | @end ifset
|
---|
3262 |
|
---|
3263 | @node Symbol Attributes
|
---|
3264 | @section Symbol Attributes
|
---|
3265 |
|
---|
3266 | @cindex symbol attributes
|
---|
3267 | @cindex attributes, symbol
|
---|
3268 | Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
|
---|
3269 | ``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
|
---|
3270 | attributes.
|
---|
3271 | @ifset INTERNALS
|
---|
3272 | The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
|
---|
3273 | @end ifset
|
---|
3274 |
|
---|
3275 | If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
|
---|
3276 | all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
|
---|
3277 | symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
|
---|
3278 | would want.
|
---|
3279 |
|
---|
3280 | @menu
|
---|
3281 | * Symbol Value:: Value
|
---|
3282 | * Symbol Type:: Type
|
---|
3283 | @ifset aout-bout
|
---|
3284 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
3285 | * a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
|
---|
3286 | @end ifset
|
---|
3287 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
3288 | @ifclear BOUT
|
---|
3289 | * a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
|
---|
3290 | @end ifclear
|
---|
3291 | @ifset BOUT
|
---|
3292 | * a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
|
---|
3293 | @end ifset
|
---|
3294 | @end ifclear
|
---|
3295 | @end ifset
|
---|
3296 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
3297 | * COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
|
---|
3298 | @end ifset
|
---|
3299 | @ifset SOM
|
---|
3300 | * SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
|
---|
3301 | @end ifset
|
---|
3302 | @end menu
|
---|
3303 |
|
---|
3304 | @node Symbol Value
|
---|
3305 | @subsection Value
|
---|
3306 |
|
---|
3307 | @cindex value of a symbol
|
---|
3308 | @cindex symbol value
|
---|
3309 | The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
|
---|
3310 | location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
|
---|
3311 | number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
|
---|
3312 | Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
|
---|
3313 | as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
|
---|
3314 | symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
|
---|
3315 | called absolute.
|
---|
3316 |
|
---|
3317 | The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
|
---|
3318 | 0 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
|
---|
3319 | @code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
|
---|
3320 | same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
|
---|
3321 | name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
|
---|
3322 | common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
|
---|
3323 | bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
|
---|
3324 | allocated storage.
|
---|
3325 |
|
---|
3326 | @node Symbol Type
|
---|
3327 | @subsection Type
|
---|
3328 |
|
---|
3329 | @cindex type of a symbol
|
---|
3330 | @cindex symbol type
|
---|
3331 | The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
|
---|
3332 | information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
|
---|
3333 | (optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
|
---|
3334 | format depends on the object-code output format in use.
|
---|
3335 |
|
---|
3336 | @ifset aout-bout
|
---|
3337 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
3338 | @ifset BOUT
|
---|
3339 | @c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
|
---|
3340 | @c better if it were available outside examples.
|
---|
3341 | @need 1000
|
---|
3342 | @node a.out Symbols
|
---|
3343 | @subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
|
---|
3344 |
|
---|
3345 | @cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
|
---|
3346 | @cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
|
---|
3347 | These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
|
---|
3348 | one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
|
---|
3349 | @code{b.out}.
|
---|
3350 |
|
---|
3351 | @end ifset
|
---|
3352 | @ifclear BOUT
|
---|
3353 | @node a.out Symbols
|
---|
3354 | @subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
|
---|
3355 |
|
---|
3356 | @cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
|
---|
3357 | @cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
|
---|
3358 |
|
---|
3359 | @end ifclear
|
---|
3360 | @end ifclear
|
---|
3361 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
3362 | @node a.out Symbols
|
---|
3363 | @subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
|
---|
3364 |
|
---|
3365 | @cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
|
---|
3366 | @cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
|
---|
3367 |
|
---|
3368 | @end ifset
|
---|
3369 | @menu
|
---|
3370 | * Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
|
---|
3371 | * Symbol Other:: Other
|
---|
3372 | @end menu
|
---|
3373 |
|
---|
3374 | @node Symbol Desc
|
---|
3375 | @subsubsection Descriptor
|
---|
3376 |
|
---|
3377 | @cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
|
---|
3378 | This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
|
---|
3379 | descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
|
---|
3380 | (@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
|
---|
3381 | @command{@value{AS}}.
|
---|
3382 |
|
---|
3383 | @node Symbol Other
|
---|
3384 | @subsubsection Other
|
---|
3385 |
|
---|
3386 | @cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
|
---|
3387 | This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
|
---|
3388 | @end ifset
|
---|
3389 |
|
---|
3390 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
3391 | @node COFF Symbols
|
---|
3392 | @subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
|
---|
3393 |
|
---|
3394 | @cindex COFF symbol attributes
|
---|
3395 | @cindex symbol attributes, COFF
|
---|
3396 |
|
---|
3397 | The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
|
---|
3398 | like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
|
---|
3399 | @code{.endef} directives.
|
---|
3400 |
|
---|
3401 | @subsubsection Primary Attributes
|
---|
3402 |
|
---|
3403 | @cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
|
---|
3404 | The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
|
---|
3405 | respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
|
---|
3406 |
|
---|
3407 | @subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
|
---|
3408 |
|
---|
3409 | @cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
|
---|
3410 | The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
|
---|
3411 | @code{.size}, and @code{.tag} can generate auxiliary symbol table
|
---|
3412 | information for COFF.
|
---|
3413 | @end ifset
|
---|
3414 |
|
---|
3415 | @ifset SOM
|
---|
3416 | @node SOM Symbols
|
---|
3417 | @subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
|
---|
3418 |
|
---|
3419 | @cindex SOM symbol attributes
|
---|
3420 | @cindex symbol attributes, SOM
|
---|
3421 |
|
---|
3422 | The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
|
---|
3423 | the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
|
---|
3424 |
|
---|
3425 | The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
|
---|
3426 | Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
|
---|
3427 | @code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
|
---|
3428 | @end ifset
|
---|
3429 |
|
---|
3430 | @node Expressions
|
---|
3431 | @chapter Expressions
|
---|
3432 |
|
---|
3433 | @cindex expressions
|
---|
3434 | @cindex addresses
|
---|
3435 | @cindex numeric values
|
---|
3436 | An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
|
---|
3437 | Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
|
---|
3438 |
|
---|
3439 | The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
|
---|
3440 | a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
|
---|
3441 | enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
|
---|
3442 | section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
|
---|
3443 | the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
|
---|
3444 | @command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
|
---|
3445 |
|
---|
3446 | @menu
|
---|
3447 | * Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
|
---|
3448 | * Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
|
---|
3449 | @end menu
|
---|
3450 |
|
---|
3451 | @node Empty Exprs
|
---|
3452 | @section Empty Expressions
|
---|
3453 |
|
---|
3454 | @cindex empty expressions
|
---|
3455 | @cindex expressions, empty
|
---|
3456 | An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
|
---|
3457 | Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
|
---|
3458 | expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
|
---|
3459 | is compatible with other assemblers.
|
---|
3460 |
|
---|
3461 | @node Integer Exprs
|
---|
3462 | @section Integer Expressions
|
---|
3463 |
|
---|
3464 | @cindex integer expressions
|
---|
3465 | @cindex expressions, integer
|
---|
3466 | An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
|
---|
3467 | by @emph{operators}.
|
---|
3468 |
|
---|
3469 | @menu
|
---|
3470 | * Arguments:: Arguments
|
---|
3471 | * Operators:: Operators
|
---|
3472 | * Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
|
---|
3473 | * Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
|
---|
3474 | @end menu
|
---|
3475 |
|
---|
3476 | @node Arguments
|
---|
3477 | @subsection Arguments
|
---|
3478 |
|
---|
3479 | @cindex expression arguments
|
---|
3480 | @cindex arguments in expressions
|
---|
3481 | @cindex operands in expressions
|
---|
3482 | @cindex arithmetic operands
|
---|
3483 | @dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
|
---|
3484 | contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
|
---|
3485 | this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
|
---|
3486 | the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
|
---|
3487 | expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
|
---|
3488 | instruction operands.
|
---|
3489 |
|
---|
3490 | Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
|
---|
3491 | @var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
|
---|
3492 | or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
|
---|
3493 | integer.
|
---|
3494 |
|
---|
3495 | Numbers are usually integers.
|
---|
3496 |
|
---|
3497 | A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
|
---|
3498 | that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
|
---|
3499 | these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
|
---|
3500 | instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
|
---|
3501 | assemblers.
|
---|
3502 |
|
---|
3503 | @cindex subexpressions
|
---|
3504 | Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
|
---|
3505 | expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
|
---|
3506 | operator followed by an argument.
|
---|
3507 |
|
---|
3508 | @node Operators
|
---|
3509 | @subsection Operators
|
---|
3510 |
|
---|
3511 | @cindex operators, in expressions
|
---|
3512 | @cindex arithmetic functions
|
---|
3513 | @cindex functions, in expressions
|
---|
3514 | @dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
|
---|
3515 | operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
|
---|
3516 | between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
|
---|
3517 | whitespace.
|
---|
3518 |
|
---|
3519 | @node Prefix Ops
|
---|
3520 | @subsection Prefix Operator
|
---|
3521 |
|
---|
3522 | @cindex prefix operators
|
---|
3523 | @command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
|
---|
3524 | one argument, which must be absolute.
|
---|
3525 |
|
---|
3526 | @c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
|
---|
3527 | @c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
|
---|
3528 | @c section (which is inside an enumerate).
|
---|
3529 | @tex
|
---|
3530 | \global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
|
---|
3531 | @end tex
|
---|
3532 |
|
---|
3533 | @table @code
|
---|
3534 | @item -
|
---|
3535 | @dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
|
---|
3536 | @item ~
|
---|
3537 | @dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
|
---|
3538 | @end table
|
---|
3539 |
|
---|
3540 | @tex
|
---|
3541 | \global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
|
---|
3542 | @end tex
|
---|
3543 |
|
---|
3544 | @node Infix Ops
|
---|
3545 | @subsection Infix Operators
|
---|
3546 |
|
---|
3547 | @cindex infix operators
|
---|
3548 | @cindex operators, permitted arguments
|
---|
3549 | @dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
|
---|
3550 | have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
|
---|
3551 | to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
|
---|
3552 | absolute, and the result is absolute.
|
---|
3553 |
|
---|
3554 | @enumerate
|
---|
3555 | @cindex operator precedence
|
---|
3556 | @cindex precedence of operators
|
---|
3557 |
|
---|
3558 | @item
|
---|
3559 | Highest Precedence
|
---|
3560 |
|
---|
3561 | @table @code
|
---|
3562 | @item *
|
---|
3563 | @dfn{Multiplication}.
|
---|
3564 |
|
---|
3565 | @item /
|
---|
3566 | @dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
|
---|
3567 |
|
---|
3568 | @item %
|
---|
3569 | @dfn{Remainder}.
|
---|
3570 |
|
---|
3571 | @item <
|
---|
3572 | @itemx <<
|
---|
3573 | @dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
|
---|
3574 |
|
---|
3575 | @item >
|
---|
3576 | @itemx >>
|
---|
3577 | @dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
|
---|
3578 | @end table
|
---|
3579 |
|
---|
3580 | @item
|
---|
3581 | Intermediate precedence
|
---|
3582 |
|
---|
3583 | @table @code
|
---|
3584 | @item |
|
---|
3585 |
|
---|
3586 | @dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
|
---|
3587 |
|
---|
3588 | @item &
|
---|
3589 | @dfn{Bitwise And}.
|
---|
3590 |
|
---|
3591 | @item ^
|
---|
3592 | @dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
|
---|
3593 |
|
---|
3594 | @item !
|
---|
3595 | @dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
|
---|
3596 | @end table
|
---|
3597 |
|
---|
3598 | @item
|
---|
3599 | Low Precedence
|
---|
3600 |
|
---|
3601 | @table @code
|
---|
3602 | @cindex addition, permitted arguments
|
---|
3603 | @cindex plus, permitted arguments
|
---|
3604 | @cindex arguments for addition
|
---|
3605 | @item +
|
---|
3606 | @dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
|
---|
3607 | the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
|
---|
3608 | sections.
|
---|
3609 |
|
---|
3610 | @cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
|
---|
3611 | @cindex minus, permitted arguments
|
---|
3612 | @cindex arguments for subtraction
|
---|
3613 | @item -
|
---|
3614 | @dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
|
---|
3615 | result has the section of the left argument.
|
---|
3616 | If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
|
---|
3617 | You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
|
---|
3618 | @c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
|
---|
3619 |
|
---|
3620 | @cindex comparison expressions
|
---|
3621 | @cindex expressions, comparison
|
---|
3622 | @item ==
|
---|
3623 | @dfn{Is Equal To}
|
---|
3624 | @item <>
|
---|
3625 | @dfn{Is Not Equal To}
|
---|
3626 | @item <
|
---|
3627 | @dfn{Is Less Than}
|
---|
3628 | @itemx >
|
---|
3629 | @dfn{Is Greater Than}
|
---|
3630 | @itemx >=
|
---|
3631 | @dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
|
---|
3632 | @itemx <=
|
---|
3633 | @dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
|
---|
3634 |
|
---|
3635 | The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
|
---|
3636 | value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
|
---|
3637 | perform signed comparisons.
|
---|
3638 | @end table
|
---|
3639 |
|
---|
3640 | @item Lowest Precedence
|
---|
3641 |
|
---|
3642 | @table @code
|
---|
3643 | @item &&
|
---|
3644 | @dfn{Logical And}.
|
---|
3645 |
|
---|
3646 | @item ||
|
---|
3647 | @dfn{Logical Or}.
|
---|
3648 |
|
---|
3649 | These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
|
---|
3650 | expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
|
---|
3651 | value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
|
---|
3652 | or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
|
---|
3653 |
|
---|
3654 | @end table
|
---|
3655 | @end enumerate
|
---|
3656 |
|
---|
3657 | In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
|
---|
3658 | address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
|
---|
3659 |
|
---|
3660 | @node Pseudo Ops
|
---|
3661 | @chapter Assembler Directives
|
---|
3662 |
|
---|
3663 | @cindex directives, machine independent
|
---|
3664 | @cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
|
---|
3665 | @cindex machine independent directives
|
---|
3666 | All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
|
---|
3667 | The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
|
---|
3668 |
|
---|
3669 | This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
|
---|
3670 | target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
|
---|
3671 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
3672 | Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
|
---|
3673 | @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
---|
3674 | @end ifset
|
---|
3675 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
3676 | @ifset machine-directives
|
---|
3677 | @xref{Machine Dependencies} for additional directives.
|
---|
3678 | @end ifset
|
---|
3679 | @end ifclear
|
---|
3680 |
|
---|
3681 | @menu
|
---|
3682 | * Abort:: @code{.abort}
|
---|
3683 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
3684 | * ABORT:: @code{.ABORT}
|
---|
3685 | @end ifset
|
---|
3686 |
|
---|
3687 | * Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
|
---|
3688 | * Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
|
---|
3689 | * Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
|
---|
3690 | * Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
|
---|
3691 | * Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
|
---|
3692 | * Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
|
---|
3693 | * Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
|
---|
3694 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
3695 | * Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
|
---|
3696 | @end ifset
|
---|
3697 | @ifset aout-bout
|
---|
3698 | * Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
|
---|
3699 | @end ifset
|
---|
3700 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
3701 | * Dim:: @code{.dim}
|
---|
3702 | @end ifset
|
---|
3703 |
|
---|
3704 | * Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
|
---|
3705 | * Eject:: @code{.eject}
|
---|
3706 | * Else:: @code{.else}
|
---|
3707 | * Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
|
---|
3708 | * End:: @code{.end}
|
---|
3709 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
3710 | * Endef:: @code{.endef}
|
---|
3711 | @end ifset
|
---|
3712 |
|
---|
3713 | * Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
|
---|
3714 | * Endif:: @code{.endif}
|
---|
3715 | * Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
---|
3716 | * Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
---|
3717 | * Err:: @code{.err}
|
---|
3718 | * Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
|
---|
3719 | * Extern:: @code{.extern}
|
---|
3720 | * Fail:: @code{.fail}
|
---|
3721 | @ifclear no-file-dir
|
---|
3722 | * File:: @code{.file @var{string}}
|
---|
3723 | @end ifclear
|
---|
3724 |
|
---|
3725 | * Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
|
---|
3726 | * Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
|
---|
3727 | * Func:: @code{.func}
|
---|
3728 | * Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
|
---|
3729 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
3730 | * Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
|
---|
3731 | @end ifset
|
---|
3732 |
|
---|
3733 | * hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
|
---|
3734 | * Ident:: @code{.ident}
|
---|
3735 | * If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
|
---|
3736 | * Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
|
---|
3737 | * Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
|
---|
3738 | * Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
|
---|
3739 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
3740 | * Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
|
---|
3741 | @end ifset
|
---|
3742 |
|
---|
3743 | * Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
|
---|
3744 | * Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
|
---|
3745 | * Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
|
---|
3746 | * Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
|
---|
3747 | @ifclear no-line-dir
|
---|
3748 | * Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
|
---|
3749 | @end ifclear
|
---|
3750 |
|
---|
3751 | * Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
|
---|
3752 | * Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
|
---|
3753 | * List:: @code{.list}
|
---|
3754 | * Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
|
---|
3755 | @ignore
|
---|
3756 | * Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
---|
3757 | @end ignore
|
---|
3758 |
|
---|
3759 | * Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
|
---|
3760 | * MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
|
---|
3761 | * Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
|
---|
3762 | * Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
|
---|
3763 | * Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
|
---|
3764 | * P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
|
---|
3765 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
3766 | * PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
|
---|
3767 | * Previous:: @code{.previous}
|
---|
3768 | @end ifset
|
---|
3769 |
|
---|
3770 | * Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
|
---|
3771 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
3772 | * Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
|
---|
3773 | @end ifset
|
---|
3774 |
|
---|
3775 | * Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
|
---|
3776 | * Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
|
---|
3777 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
3778 | * PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
|
---|
3779 | @end ifset
|
---|
3780 |
|
---|
3781 | * Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
|
---|
3782 | * Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
|
---|
3783 | * Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
|
---|
3784 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
3785 | * Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
|
---|
3786 | @end ifset
|
---|
3787 | @ifset COFF-ELF
|
---|
3788 | * Section:: @code{.section @var{name}}
|
---|
3789 | @end ifset
|
---|
3790 |
|
---|
3791 | * Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
---|
3792 | * Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
|
---|
3793 | * Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
|
---|
3794 | @ifset COFF-ELF
|
---|
3795 | * Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
|
---|
3796 | @end ifset
|
---|
3797 |
|
---|
3798 | * Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
|
---|
3799 | * Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
|
---|
3800 | * Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
|
---|
3801 | @ifset have-stabs
|
---|
3802 | * Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
|
---|
3803 | @end ifset
|
---|
3804 |
|
---|
3805 | * String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}
|
---|
3806 | * Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
|
---|
3807 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
3808 | * SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
|
---|
3809 | * Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
|
---|
3810 | @end ifset
|
---|
3811 |
|
---|
3812 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
3813 | * Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
|
---|
3814 | @end ifset
|
---|
3815 |
|
---|
3816 | * Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
|
---|
3817 | * Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
|
---|
3818 | @ifset COFF-ELF
|
---|
3819 | * Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
|
---|
3820 | @end ifset
|
---|
3821 |
|
---|
3822 | * Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
|
---|
3823 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
3824 | * Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
|
---|
3825 | @end ifset
|
---|
3826 |
|
---|
3827 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
3828 | * Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
|
---|
3829 | * VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
|
---|
3830 | * VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
|
---|
3831 | * Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
|
---|
3832 | @end ifset
|
---|
3833 |
|
---|
3834 | * Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
|
---|
3835 | * Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
|
---|
3836 | @end menu
|
---|
3837 |
|
---|
3838 | @node Abort
|
---|
3839 | @section @code{.abort}
|
---|
3840 |
|
---|
3841 | @cindex @code{abort} directive
|
---|
3842 | @cindex stopping the assembly
|
---|
3843 | This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
|
---|
3844 | compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
|
---|
3845 | assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
|
---|
3846 | of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
|
---|
3847 | quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
|
---|
3848 |
|
---|
3849 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
3850 | @node ABORT
|
---|
3851 | @section @code{.ABORT}
|
---|
3852 |
|
---|
3853 | @cindex @code{ABORT} directive
|
---|
3854 | When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
|
---|
3855 | synonym for @samp{.abort}.
|
---|
3856 |
|
---|
3857 | @ifset BOUT
|
---|
3858 | When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
|
---|
3859 | but ignores it.
|
---|
3860 | @end ifset
|
---|
3861 | @end ifset
|
---|
3862 |
|
---|
3863 | @node Align
|
---|
3864 | @section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
|
---|
3865 |
|
---|
3866 | @cindex padding the location counter
|
---|
3867 | @cindex @code{align} directive
|
---|
3868 | Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
|
---|
3869 | boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
|
---|
3870 | required, as described below.
|
---|
3871 |
|
---|
3872 | The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
|
---|
3873 | padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
|
---|
3874 | padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
|
---|
3875 | marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
|
---|
3876 | with no-op instructions.
|
---|
3877 |
|
---|
3878 | The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
|
---|
3879 | it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
|
---|
3880 | directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
|
---|
3881 | specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
|
---|
3882 | fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
|
---|
3883 | required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
|
---|
3884 | with no-op instructions when appropriate.
|
---|
3885 |
|
---|
3886 | The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
|
---|
3887 | For the a29k, hppa, m68k, m88k, w65, sparc, Xtensa, and Renesas / SuperH SH,
|
---|
3888 | and i386 using ELF format,
|
---|
3889 | the first expression is the
|
---|
3890 | alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
|
---|
3891 | the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
|
---|
3892 | is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
|
---|
3893 |
|
---|
3894 | For other systems, including the i386 using a.out format, and the arm and
|
---|
3895 | strongarm, it is the
|
---|
3896 | number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
|
---|
3897 | advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
|
---|
3898 | counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
|
---|
3899 | multiple of 8, no change is needed.
|
---|
3900 |
|
---|
3901 | This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
|
---|
3902 | native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
|
---|
3903 | GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
|
---|
3904 | described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
|
---|
3905 | architectures (but are specific to GAS).
|
---|
3906 |
|
---|
3907 | @node Ascii
|
---|
3908 | @section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
|
---|
3909 |
|
---|
3910 | @cindex @code{ascii} directive
|
---|
3911 | @cindex string literals
|
---|
3912 | @code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
|
---|
3913 | separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
|
---|
3914 | trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
|
---|
3915 |
|
---|
3916 | @node Asciz
|
---|
3917 | @section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
|
---|
3918 |
|
---|
3919 | @cindex @code{asciz} directive
|
---|
3920 | @cindex zero-terminated strings
|
---|
3921 | @cindex null-terminated strings
|
---|
3922 | @code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
|
---|
3923 | a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
|
---|
3924 |
|
---|
3925 | @node Balign
|
---|
3926 | @section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
|
---|
3927 |
|
---|
3928 | @cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
|
---|
3929 | @cindex @code{balign} directive
|
---|
3930 | Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
|
---|
3931 | storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
|
---|
3932 | alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
|
---|
3933 | the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
|
---|
3934 | is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
|
---|
3935 |
|
---|
3936 | The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
|
---|
3937 | padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
|
---|
3938 | padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
|
---|
3939 | marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
|
---|
3940 | with no-op instructions.
|
---|
3941 |
|
---|
3942 | The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
|
---|
3943 | it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
|
---|
3944 | directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
|
---|
3945 | specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
|
---|
3946 | fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
|
---|
3947 | required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
|
---|
3948 | with no-op instructions when appropriate.
|
---|
3949 |
|
---|
3950 | @cindex @code{balignw} directive
|
---|
3951 | @cindex @code{balignl} directive
|
---|
3952 | The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
|
---|
3953 | @code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
|
---|
3954 | pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
|
---|
3955 | fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
|
---|
3956 | 4,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
|
---|
3957 | filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
|
---|
3958 | the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
|
---|
3959 | undefined.
|
---|
3960 |
|
---|
3961 | @node Byte
|
---|
3962 | @section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
|
---|
3963 |
|
---|
3964 | @cindex @code{byte} directive
|
---|
3965 | @cindex integers, one byte
|
---|
3966 | @code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
|
---|
3967 | Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
|
---|
3968 |
|
---|
3969 | @node Comm
|
---|
3970 | @section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
|
---|
3971 |
|
---|
3972 | @cindex @code{comm} directive
|
---|
3973 | @cindex symbol, common
|
---|
3974 | @code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
|
---|
3975 | common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
|
---|
3976 | of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
|
---|
3977 | definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
|
---|
3978 | allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
|
---|
3979 | absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
|
---|
3980 | the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
|
---|
3981 | using the largest size.
|
---|
3982 |
|
---|
3983 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
3984 | When using ELF, the @code{.comm} directive takes an optional third argument.
|
---|
3985 | This is the desired alignment of the symbol, specified as a byte boundary (for
|
---|
3986 | example, an alignment of 16 means that the least significant 4 bits of the
|
---|
3987 | address should be zero). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it
|
---|
3988 | must be a power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory
|
---|
3989 | for the common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If
|
---|
3990 | no alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
|
---|
3991 | largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
|
---|
3992 | maximum of 16.
|
---|
3993 | @end ifset
|
---|
3994 |
|
---|
3995 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
3996 | The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
|
---|
3997 | @samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
|
---|
3998 | @end ifset
|
---|
3999 |
|
---|
4000 | @node Data
|
---|
4001 | @section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
|
---|
4002 |
|
---|
4003 | @cindex @code{data} directive
|
---|
4004 | @code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
|
---|
4005 | end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
|
---|
4006 | absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
|
---|
4007 | to zero.
|
---|
4008 |
|
---|
4009 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
4010 | @node Def
|
---|
4011 | @section @code{.def @var{name}}
|
---|
4012 |
|
---|
4013 | @cindex @code{def} directive
|
---|
4014 | @cindex COFF symbols, debugging
|
---|
4015 | @cindex debugging COFF symbols
|
---|
4016 | Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
|
---|
4017 | definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
|
---|
4018 | @ifset BOUT
|
---|
4019 |
|
---|
4020 | This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
|
---|
4021 | format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
|
---|
4022 | but ignored.
|
---|
4023 | @end ifset
|
---|
4024 | @end ifset
|
---|
4025 |
|
---|
4026 | @ifset aout-bout
|
---|
4027 | @node Desc
|
---|
4028 | @section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
|
---|
4029 |
|
---|
4030 | @cindex @code{desc} directive
|
---|
4031 | @cindex COFF symbol descriptor
|
---|
4032 | @cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
|
---|
4033 | This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
|
---|
4034 | to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
|
---|
4035 |
|
---|
4036 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
4037 | The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
|
---|
4038 | configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
|
---|
4039 | object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
|
---|
4040 | it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
|
---|
4041 | @end ifset
|
---|
4042 | @end ifset
|
---|
4043 |
|
---|
4044 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
4045 | @node Dim
|
---|
4046 | @section @code{.dim}
|
---|
4047 |
|
---|
4048 | @cindex @code{dim} directive
|
---|
4049 | @cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
|
---|
4050 | @cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
|
---|
4051 | This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
|
---|
4052 | information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
|
---|
4053 | @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
|
---|
4054 | @ifset BOUT
|
---|
4055 |
|
---|
4056 | @samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
|
---|
4057 | @command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
|
---|
4058 | ignores it.
|
---|
4059 | @end ifset
|
---|
4060 | @end ifset
|
---|
4061 |
|
---|
4062 | @node Double
|
---|
4063 | @section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
|
---|
4064 |
|
---|
4065 | @cindex @code{double} directive
|
---|
4066 | @cindex floating point numbers (double)
|
---|
4067 | @code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
|
---|
4068 | assembles floating point numbers.
|
---|
4069 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
4070 | The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
|
---|
4071 | @command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
---|
4072 | @end ifset
|
---|
4073 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
4074 | @ifset IEEEFLOAT
|
---|
4075 | On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
|
---|
4076 | in @sc{ieee} format.
|
---|
4077 | @end ifset
|
---|
4078 | @end ifclear
|
---|
4079 |
|
---|
4080 | @node Eject
|
---|
4081 | @section @code{.eject}
|
---|
4082 |
|
---|
4083 | @cindex @code{eject} directive
|
---|
4084 | @cindex new page, in listings
|
---|
4085 | @cindex page, in listings
|
---|
4086 | @cindex listing control: new page
|
---|
4087 | Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
|
---|
4088 |
|
---|
4089 | @node Else
|
---|
4090 | @section @code{.else}
|
---|
4091 |
|
---|
4092 | @cindex @code{else} directive
|
---|
4093 | @code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
|
---|
4094 | assembly; @pxref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
|
---|
4095 | of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
|
---|
4096 | was false.
|
---|
4097 |
|
---|
4098 | @node Elseif
|
---|
4099 | @section @code{.elseif}
|
---|
4100 |
|
---|
4101 | @cindex @code{elseif} directive
|
---|
4102 | @code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
|
---|
4103 | assembly; @pxref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
|
---|
4104 | @code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
|
---|
4105 |
|
---|
4106 | @node End
|
---|
4107 | @section @code{.end}
|
---|
4108 |
|
---|
4109 | @cindex @code{end} directive
|
---|
4110 | @code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
|
---|
4111 | process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
|
---|
4112 |
|
---|
4113 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
4114 | @node Endef
|
---|
4115 | @section @code{.endef}
|
---|
4116 |
|
---|
4117 | @cindex @code{endef} directive
|
---|
4118 | This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
|
---|
4119 | @code{.def}.
|
---|
4120 | @ifset BOUT
|
---|
4121 |
|
---|
4122 | @samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
|
---|
4123 | @command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
|
---|
4124 | directive but ignores it.
|
---|
4125 | @end ifset
|
---|
4126 | @end ifset
|
---|
4127 |
|
---|
4128 | @node Endfunc
|
---|
4129 | @section @code{.endfunc}
|
---|
4130 | @cindex @code{endfunc} directive
|
---|
4131 | @code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
|
---|
4132 |
|
---|
4133 | @node Endif
|
---|
4134 | @section @code{.endif}
|
---|
4135 |
|
---|
4136 | @cindex @code{endif} directive
|
---|
4137 | @code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
|
---|
4138 | it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
|
---|
4139 | conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
|
---|
4140 |
|
---|
4141 | @node Equ
|
---|
4142 | @section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
---|
4143 |
|
---|
4144 | @cindex @code{equ} directive
|
---|
4145 | @cindex assigning values to symbols
|
---|
4146 | @cindex symbols, assigning values to
|
---|
4147 | This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
|
---|
4148 | It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; @pxref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
|
---|
4149 |
|
---|
4150 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
4151 | The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
|
---|
4152 | @samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
|
---|
4153 | @end ifset
|
---|
4154 |
|
---|
4155 | @node Equiv
|
---|
4156 | @section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
---|
4157 | @cindex @code{equiv} directive
|
---|
4158 | The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
|
---|
4159 | the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
|
---|
4160 | symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
|
---|
4161 | undefined.
|
---|
4162 |
|
---|
4163 | Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
|
---|
4164 | @smallexample
|
---|
4165 | .ifdef SYM
|
---|
4166 | .err
|
---|
4167 | .endif
|
---|
4168 | .equ SYM,VAL
|
---|
4169 | @end smallexample
|
---|
4170 |
|
---|
4171 | @node Err
|
---|
4172 | @section @code{.err}
|
---|
4173 | @cindex @code{err} directive
|
---|
4174 | If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
|
---|
4175 | message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
|
---|
4176 | object file. This can be used to signal error an conditionally compiled code.
|
---|
4177 |
|
---|
4178 | @node Exitm
|
---|
4179 | @section @code{.exitm}
|
---|
4180 | Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
|
---|
4181 |
|
---|
4182 | @node Extern
|
---|
4183 | @section @code{.extern}
|
---|
4184 |
|
---|
4185 | @cindex @code{extern} directive
|
---|
4186 | @code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
|
---|
4187 | with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
|
---|
4188 | all undefined symbols as external.
|
---|
4189 |
|
---|
4190 | @node Fail
|
---|
4191 | @section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
|
---|
4192 |
|
---|
4193 | @cindex @code{fail} directive
|
---|
4194 | Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
|
---|
4195 | or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
|
---|
4196 | than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
|
---|
4197 | include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
|
---|
4198 | complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
|
---|
4199 |
|
---|
4200 | @ifclear no-file-dir
|
---|
4201 | @node File
|
---|
4202 | @section @code{.file @var{string}}
|
---|
4203 |
|
---|
4204 | @cindex @code{file} directive
|
---|
4205 | @cindex logical file name
|
---|
4206 | @cindex file name, logical
|
---|
4207 | @code{.file} tells @command{@value{AS}} that we are about to start a new logical
|
---|
4208 | file. @var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
|
---|
4209 | recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
|
---|
4210 | to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
|
---|
4211 | statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
|
---|
4212 | old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
|
---|
4213 | @ifset A29K
|
---|
4214 | In some configurations of @command{@value{AS}}, @code{.file} has already been
|
---|
4215 | removed to avoid conflicts with other assemblers. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
---|
4216 | @end ifset
|
---|
4217 | @end ifclear
|
---|
4218 |
|
---|
4219 | @node Fill
|
---|
4220 | @section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
|
---|
4221 |
|
---|
4222 | @cindex @code{fill} directive
|
---|
4223 | @cindex writing patterns in memory
|
---|
4224 | @cindex patterns, writing in memory
|
---|
4225 | @var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
|
---|
4226 | This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
|
---|
4227 | may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
|
---|
4228 | more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
|
---|
4229 | other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
|
---|
4230 | is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
|
---|
4231 | zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
|
---|
4232 | byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
|
---|
4233 | Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
|
---|
4234 | @var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
|
---|
4235 | compatible with other people's assemblers.
|
---|
4236 |
|
---|
4237 | @var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
|
---|
4238 | If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
|
---|
4239 | assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
|
---|
4240 | @var{size} is assumed to be 1.
|
---|
4241 |
|
---|
4242 | @node Float
|
---|
4243 | @section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
|
---|
4244 |
|
---|
4245 | @cindex floating point numbers (single)
|
---|
4246 | @cindex @code{float} directive
|
---|
4247 | This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
|
---|
4248 | has the same effect as @code{.single}.
|
---|
4249 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
4250 | The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
|
---|
4251 | @command{@value{AS}} is configured.
|
---|
4252 | @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
---|
4253 | @end ifset
|
---|
4254 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
4255 | @ifset IEEEFLOAT
|
---|
4256 | On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
|
---|
4257 | in @sc{ieee} format.
|
---|
4258 | @end ifset
|
---|
4259 | @end ifclear
|
---|
4260 |
|
---|
4261 | @node Func
|
---|
4262 | @section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
|
---|
4263 | @cindex @code{func} directive
|
---|
4264 | @code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
|
---|
4265 | is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
|
---|
4266 | Only @samp{--gstabs} is currently supported.
|
---|
4267 | @var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
|
---|
4268 | prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
|
---|
4269 | @samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
|
---|
4270 | All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
|
---|
4271 | The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
|
---|
4272 |
|
---|
4273 | @node Global
|
---|
4274 | @section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
|
---|
4275 |
|
---|
4276 | @cindex @code{global} directive
|
---|
4277 | @cindex symbol, making visible to linker
|
---|
4278 | @code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
|
---|
4279 | @var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
|
---|
4280 | other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
|
---|
4281 | @var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
|
---|
4282 | from another file linked into the same program.
|
---|
4283 |
|
---|
4284 | Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
|
---|
4285 | compatibility with other assemblers.
|
---|
4286 |
|
---|
4287 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
4288 | On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
|
---|
4289 | partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
|
---|
4290 | @xref{HPPA Directives,, HPPA Assembler Directives}.
|
---|
4291 | @end ifset
|
---|
4292 |
|
---|
4293 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
4294 | @node Hidden
|
---|
4295 | @section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
|
---|
4296 |
|
---|
4297 | @cindex @code{hidden} directive
|
---|
4298 | @cindex visibility
|
---|
4299 | This one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
|
---|
4300 | @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
|
---|
4301 | @code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
|
---|
4302 |
|
---|
4303 | This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
|
---|
4304 | their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
|
---|
4305 | @code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
|
---|
4306 | Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
|
---|
4307 | @end ifset
|
---|
4308 |
|
---|
4309 | @node hword
|
---|
4310 | @section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
|
---|
4311 |
|
---|
4312 | @cindex @code{hword} directive
|
---|
4313 | @cindex integers, 16-bit
|
---|
4314 | @cindex numbers, 16-bit
|
---|
4315 | @cindex sixteen bit integers
|
---|
4316 | This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
|
---|
4317 | a 16 bit number for each.
|
---|
4318 |
|
---|
4319 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
4320 | This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
|
---|
4321 | architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
|
---|
4322 | @end ifset
|
---|
4323 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
4324 | @ifset W32
|
---|
4325 | This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
|
---|
4326 | @end ifset
|
---|
4327 | @ifset W16
|
---|
4328 | This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
|
---|
4329 | @end ifset
|
---|
4330 | @end ifclear
|
---|
4331 |
|
---|
4332 | @node Ident
|
---|
4333 | @section @code{.ident}
|
---|
4334 |
|
---|
4335 | @cindex @code{ident} directive
|
---|
4336 | This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files.
|
---|
4337 | @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for source-file
|
---|
4338 | compatibility with such assemblers, but does not actually emit anything
|
---|
4339 | for it.
|
---|
4340 |
|
---|
4341 | @node If
|
---|
4342 | @section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
|
---|
4343 |
|
---|
4344 | @cindex conditional assembly
|
---|
4345 | @cindex @code{if} directive
|
---|
4346 | @code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
|
---|
4347 | considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
|
---|
4348 | (which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
|
---|
4349 | the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
|
---|
4350 | (@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
|
---|
4351 | alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
|
---|
4352 | If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
|
---|
4353 | nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
|
---|
4354 |
|
---|
4355 | The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
|
---|
4356 | @table @code
|
---|
4357 | @cindex @code{ifdef} directive
|
---|
4358 | @item .ifdef @var{symbol}
|
---|
4359 | Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
|
---|
4360 | has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
|
---|
4361 | is considered to be undefined.
|
---|
4362 |
|
---|
4363 | @cindex @code{ifc} directive
|
---|
4364 | @item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
|
---|
4365 | Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
|
---|
4366 | strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
|
---|
4367 | the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
|
---|
4368 | end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
|
---|
4369 | string comparison is case sensitive.
|
---|
4370 |
|
---|
4371 | @cindex @code{ifeq} directive
|
---|
4372 | @item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
|
---|
4373 | Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
|
---|
4374 |
|
---|
4375 | @cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
|
---|
4376 | @item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
|
---|
4377 | Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
|
---|
4378 |
|
---|
4379 | @cindex @code{ifge} directive
|
---|
4380 | @item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
|
---|
4381 | Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
|
---|
4382 | equal to zero.
|
---|
4383 |
|
---|
4384 | @cindex @code{ifgt} directive
|
---|
4385 | @item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
|
---|
4386 | Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
|
---|
4387 |
|
---|
4388 | @cindex @code{ifle} directive
|
---|
4389 | @item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
|
---|
4390 | Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
|
---|
4391 | to zero.
|
---|
4392 |
|
---|
4393 | @cindex @code{iflt} directive
|
---|
4394 | @item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
|
---|
4395 | Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
|
---|
4396 |
|
---|
4397 | @cindex @code{ifnc} directive
|
---|
4398 | @item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
|
---|
4399 | Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
|
---|
4400 | following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
|
---|
4401 |
|
---|
4402 | @cindex @code{ifndef} directive
|
---|
4403 | @cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
|
---|
4404 | @item .ifndef @var{symbol}
|
---|
4405 | @itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
|
---|
4406 | Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
|
---|
4407 | has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
|
---|
4408 | which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
|
---|
4409 |
|
---|
4410 | @cindex @code{ifne} directive
|
---|
4411 | @item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
|
---|
4412 | Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
|
---|
4413 | (in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
|
---|
4414 |
|
---|
4415 | @cindex @code{ifnes} directive
|
---|
4416 | @item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
|
---|
4417 | Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
|
---|
4418 | following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
|
---|
4419 | @end table
|
---|
4420 |
|
---|
4421 | @node Incbin
|
---|
4422 | @section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
|
---|
4423 |
|
---|
4424 | @cindex @code{incbin} directive
|
---|
4425 | @cindex binary files, including
|
---|
4426 | The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
|
---|
4427 | location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
|
---|
4428 | option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
|
---|
4429 | around @var{file}.
|
---|
4430 |
|
---|
4431 | The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
|
---|
4432 | @var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
|
---|
4433 | read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
|
---|
4434 | responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
|
---|
4435 | after the @code{incbin} directive.
|
---|
4436 |
|
---|
4437 | @node Include
|
---|
4438 | @section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
|
---|
4439 |
|
---|
4440 | @cindex @code{include} directive
|
---|
4441 | @cindex supporting files, including
|
---|
4442 | @cindex files, including
|
---|
4443 | This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
|
---|
4444 | points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
|
---|
4445 | if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
|
---|
4446 | included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
|
---|
4447 | can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
|
---|
4448 | (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
|
---|
4449 | around @var{file}.
|
---|
4450 |
|
---|
4451 | @node Int
|
---|
4452 | @section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
|
---|
4453 |
|
---|
4454 | @cindex @code{int} directive
|
---|
4455 | @cindex integers, 32-bit
|
---|
4456 | Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
|
---|
4457 | For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
|
---|
4458 | expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
|
---|
4459 | of target the assembly is for.
|
---|
4460 |
|
---|
4461 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
4462 | @ifset H8
|
---|
4463 | On the H8/500 and most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
|
---|
4464 | integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
|
---|
4465 | 32-bit integers.
|
---|
4466 | @end ifset
|
---|
4467 | @end ifclear
|
---|
4468 |
|
---|
4469 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
4470 | @node Internal
|
---|
4471 | @section @code{.internal @var{names}}
|
---|
4472 |
|
---|
4473 | @cindex @code{internal} directive
|
---|
4474 | @cindex visibility
|
---|
4475 | This one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
|
---|
4476 | @code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
|
---|
4477 | @code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
|
---|
4478 |
|
---|
4479 | This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
|
---|
4480 | their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
|
---|
4481 | @code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
|
---|
4482 | (i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
|
---|
4483 | processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
|
---|
4484 | @end ifset
|
---|
4485 |
|
---|
4486 | @node Irp
|
---|
4487 | @section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
|
---|
4488 |
|
---|
4489 | @cindex @code{irp} directive
|
---|
4490 | Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
|
---|
4491 | The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
|
---|
4492 | terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
|
---|
4493 | set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
|
---|
4494 | @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
|
---|
4495 | @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
|
---|
4496 | sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
|
---|
4497 |
|
---|
4498 | For example, assembling
|
---|
4499 |
|
---|
4500 | @example
|
---|
4501 | .irp param,1,2,3
|
---|
4502 | move d\param,sp@@-
|
---|
4503 | .endr
|
---|
4504 | @end example
|
---|
4505 |
|
---|
4506 | is equivalent to assembling
|
---|
4507 |
|
---|
4508 | @example
|
---|
4509 | move d1,sp@@-
|
---|
4510 | move d2,sp@@-
|
---|
4511 | move d3,sp@@-
|
---|
4512 | @end example
|
---|
4513 |
|
---|
4514 | @node Irpc
|
---|
4515 | @section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
|
---|
4516 |
|
---|
4517 | @cindex @code{irpc} directive
|
---|
4518 | Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
|
---|
4519 | The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
|
---|
4520 | terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
|
---|
4521 | @var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
|
---|
4522 | assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
|
---|
4523 | assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
|
---|
4524 | @var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
|
---|
4525 |
|
---|
4526 | For example, assembling
|
---|
4527 |
|
---|
4528 | @example
|
---|
4529 | .irpc param,123
|
---|
4530 | move d\param,sp@@-
|
---|
4531 | .endr
|
---|
4532 | @end example
|
---|
4533 |
|
---|
4534 | is equivalent to assembling
|
---|
4535 |
|
---|
4536 | @example
|
---|
4537 | move d1,sp@@-
|
---|
4538 | move d2,sp@@-
|
---|
4539 | move d3,sp@@-
|
---|
4540 | @end example
|
---|
4541 |
|
---|
4542 | @node Lcomm
|
---|
4543 | @section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
|
---|
4544 |
|
---|
4545 | @cindex @code{lcomm} directive
|
---|
4546 | @cindex local common symbols
|
---|
4547 | @cindex symbols, local common
|
---|
4548 | Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
|
---|
4549 | denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
|
---|
4550 | those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
|
---|
4551 | section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
|
---|
4552 | is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
|
---|
4553 | not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
|
---|
4554 |
|
---|
4555 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
4556 | Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
|
---|
4557 | argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
|
---|
4558 | @end ifset
|
---|
4559 |
|
---|
4560 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
4561 | The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
|
---|
4562 | @samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
|
---|
4563 | @end ifset
|
---|
4564 |
|
---|
4565 | @node Lflags
|
---|
4566 | @section @code{.lflags}
|
---|
4567 |
|
---|
4568 | @cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
|
---|
4569 | @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
|
---|
4570 | assemblers, but ignores it.
|
---|
4571 |
|
---|
4572 | @ifclear no-line-dir
|
---|
4573 | @node Line
|
---|
4574 | @section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
|
---|
4575 |
|
---|
4576 | @cindex @code{line} directive
|
---|
4577 | @end ifclear
|
---|
4578 | @ifset no-line-dir
|
---|
4579 | @node Ln
|
---|
4580 | @section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
|
---|
4581 |
|
---|
4582 | @cindex @code{ln} directive
|
---|
4583 | @end ifset
|
---|
4584 | @cindex logical line number
|
---|
4585 | @ifset aout-bout
|
---|
4586 | Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
|
---|
4587 | expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
|
---|
4588 | statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
|
---|
4589 | reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
|
---|
4590 | @command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
|
---|
4591 | for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
|
---|
4592 |
|
---|
4593 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
4594 | @ifset A29K
|
---|
4595 | @emph{Warning:} In the AMD29K configuration of @value{AS}, this command is
|
---|
4596 | not available; use the synonym @code{.ln} in that context.
|
---|
4597 | @end ifset
|
---|
4598 | @end ifset
|
---|
4599 | @end ifset
|
---|
4600 |
|
---|
4601 | @ifclear no-line-dir
|
---|
4602 | Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
|
---|
4603 | @code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
|
---|
4604 | when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
|
---|
4605 | were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
|
---|
4606 | @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
|
---|
4607 |
|
---|
4608 | Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
|
---|
4609 | used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
|
---|
4610 | debugging.
|
---|
4611 | @end ifclear
|
---|
4612 |
|
---|
4613 | @node Linkonce
|
---|
4614 | @section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
|
---|
4615 | @cindex COMDAT
|
---|
4616 | @cindex @code{linkonce} directive
|
---|
4617 | @cindex common sections
|
---|
4618 | Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
|
---|
4619 | This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
|
---|
4620 | but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
|
---|
4621 | The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
|
---|
4622 | Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
|
---|
4623 | unique.
|
---|
4624 |
|
---|
4625 | This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
|
---|
4626 | writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
|
---|
4627 | Executable format used on Windows NT.
|
---|
4628 |
|
---|
4629 | The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
|
---|
4630 | following strings. For example:
|
---|
4631 | @smallexample
|
---|
4632 | .linkonce same_size
|
---|
4633 | @end smallexample
|
---|
4634 | Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
|
---|
4635 |
|
---|
4636 | @table @code
|
---|
4637 | @item discard
|
---|
4638 | Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
|
---|
4639 |
|
---|
4640 | @item one_only
|
---|
4641 | Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
|
---|
4642 |
|
---|
4643 | @item same_size
|
---|
4644 | Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
|
---|
4645 |
|
---|
4646 | @item same_contents
|
---|
4647 | Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
|
---|
4648 | @end table
|
---|
4649 |
|
---|
4650 | @node Ln
|
---|
4651 | @section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
|
---|
4652 |
|
---|
4653 | @cindex @code{ln} directive
|
---|
4654 | @ifclear no-line-dir
|
---|
4655 | @samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
|
---|
4656 | @end ifclear
|
---|
4657 | @ifset no-line-dir
|
---|
4658 | Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
|
---|
4659 | must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
|
---|
4660 | line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
|
---|
4661 | statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
|
---|
4662 | line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
|
---|
4663 | @ifset BOUT
|
---|
4664 |
|
---|
4665 | This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
|
---|
4666 | configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
|
---|
4667 | output format.
|
---|
4668 | @end ifset
|
---|
4669 | @end ifset
|
---|
4670 |
|
---|
4671 | @node MRI
|
---|
4672 | @section @code{.mri @var{val}}
|
---|
4673 |
|
---|
4674 | @cindex @code{mri} directive
|
---|
4675 | @cindex MRI mode, temporarily
|
---|
4676 | If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
|
---|
4677 | @var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
|
---|
4678 | affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
|
---|
4679 | of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
|
---|
4680 |
|
---|
4681 | @node List
|
---|
4682 | @section @code{.list}
|
---|
4683 |
|
---|
4684 | @cindex @code{list} directive
|
---|
4685 | @cindex listing control, turning on
|
---|
4686 | Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
|
---|
4687 | not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
|
---|
4688 | internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
|
---|
4689 | counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
|
---|
4690 | generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
|
---|
4691 |
|
---|
4692 | By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
|
---|
4693 | @samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
|
---|
4694 | the initial value of the listing counter is one.
|
---|
4695 |
|
---|
4696 | @node Long
|
---|
4697 | @section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
|
---|
4698 |
|
---|
4699 | @cindex @code{long} directive
|
---|
4700 | @code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}, @pxref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
|
---|
4701 |
|
---|
4702 | @ignore
|
---|
4703 | @c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
|
---|
4704 | @c what it really ought to do
|
---|
4705 | @node Lsym
|
---|
4706 | @section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
---|
4707 |
|
---|
4708 | @cindex @code{lsym} directive
|
---|
4709 | @cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
|
---|
4710 | @code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
|
---|
4711 | the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
|
---|
4712 | rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
|
---|
4713 | the same as the expression value:
|
---|
4714 | @smallexample
|
---|
4715 | @var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
|
---|
4716 | @var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
|
---|
4717 | @var{value} = @var{expression}
|
---|
4718 | @end smallexample
|
---|
4719 | @noindent
|
---|
4720 | The new symbol is not flagged as external.
|
---|
4721 | @end ignore
|
---|
4722 |
|
---|
4723 | @node Macro
|
---|
4724 | @section @code{.macro}
|
---|
4725 |
|
---|
4726 | @cindex macros
|
---|
4727 | The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
|
---|
4728 | generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
|
---|
4729 | @code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
|
---|
4730 |
|
---|
4731 | @example
|
---|
4732 | .macro sum from=0, to=5
|
---|
4733 | .long \from
|
---|
4734 | .if \to-\from
|
---|
4735 | sum "(\from+1)",\to
|
---|
4736 | .endif
|
---|
4737 | .endm
|
---|
4738 | @end example
|
---|
4739 |
|
---|
4740 | @noindent
|
---|
4741 | With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
|
---|
4742 |
|
---|
4743 | @example
|
---|
4744 | .long 0
|
---|
4745 | .long 1
|
---|
4746 | .long 2
|
---|
4747 | .long 3
|
---|
4748 | .long 4
|
---|
4749 | .long 5
|
---|
4750 | @end example
|
---|
4751 |
|
---|
4752 | @ftable @code
|
---|
4753 | @item .macro @var{macname}
|
---|
4754 | @itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
|
---|
4755 | @cindex @code{macro} directive
|
---|
4756 | Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
|
---|
4757 | definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
|
---|
4758 | separated by commas or spaces. You can supply a default value for any
|
---|
4759 | macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. For
|
---|
4760 | example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
|
---|
4761 |
|
---|
4762 | @table @code
|
---|
4763 | @item .macro comm
|
---|
4764 | Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
|
---|
4765 | arguments.
|
---|
4766 |
|
---|
4767 | @item .macro plus1 p, p1
|
---|
4768 | @itemx .macro plus1 p p1
|
---|
4769 | Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
|
---|
4770 | which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
|
---|
4771 | @samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
|
---|
4772 |
|
---|
4773 | @item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
|
---|
4774 | Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
|
---|
4775 | arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
|
---|
4776 | After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
|
---|
4777 | @samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
|
---|
4778 | @var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
|
---|
4779 | ,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
|
---|
4780 | @samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
|
---|
4781 | @end table
|
---|
4782 |
|
---|
4783 | When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
|
---|
4784 | position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
|
---|
4785 | @samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
|
---|
4786 |
|
---|
4787 | @item .endm
|
---|
4788 | @cindex @code{endm} directive
|
---|
4789 | Mark the end of a macro definition.
|
---|
4790 |
|
---|
4791 | @item .exitm
|
---|
4792 | @cindex @code{exitm} directive
|
---|
4793 | Exit early from the current macro definition.
|
---|
4794 |
|
---|
4795 | @cindex number of macros executed
|
---|
4796 | @cindex macros, count executed
|
---|
4797 | @item \@@
|
---|
4798 | @command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
|
---|
4799 | executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
|
---|
4800 | output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
|
---|
4801 |
|
---|
4802 | @ignore
|
---|
4803 | @item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
|
---|
4804 | @emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
|
---|
4805 | macro syntax'' with @samp{-a} or @samp{--alternate}.} @xref{Alternate,,
|
---|
4806 | Alternate macro syntax}.
|
---|
4807 |
|
---|
4808 | Generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
|
---|
4809 | replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
|
---|
4810 | replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
|
---|
4811 | separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
|
---|
4812 | define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
|
---|
4813 | @end ignore
|
---|
4814 | @end ftable
|
---|
4815 |
|
---|
4816 | @node Nolist
|
---|
4817 | @section @code{.nolist}
|
---|
4818 |
|
---|
4819 | @cindex @code{nolist} directive
|
---|
4820 | @cindex listing control, turning off
|
---|
4821 | Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
|
---|
4822 | not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
|
---|
4823 | internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
|
---|
4824 | counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
|
---|
4825 | generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
|
---|
4826 |
|
---|
4827 | @node Octa
|
---|
4828 | @section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
|
---|
4829 |
|
---|
4830 | @c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
|
---|
4831 | @cindex @code{octa} directive
|
---|
4832 | @cindex integer, 16-byte
|
---|
4833 | @cindex sixteen byte integer
|
---|
4834 | This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
|
---|
4835 | bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
|
---|
4836 |
|
---|
4837 | The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
|
---|
4838 | hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
|
---|
4839 |
|
---|
4840 | @node Org
|
---|
4841 | @section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
|
---|
4842 |
|
---|
4843 | @cindex @code{org} directive
|
---|
4844 | @cindex location counter, advancing
|
---|
4845 | @cindex advancing location counter
|
---|
4846 | @cindex current address, advancing
|
---|
4847 | Advance the location counter of the current section to
|
---|
4848 | @var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
|
---|
4849 | expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
|
---|
4850 | you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
|
---|
4851 | wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
|
---|
4852 | with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
|
---|
4853 | @command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
|
---|
4854 | is the same as the current subsection.
|
---|
4855 |
|
---|
4856 | @code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
|
---|
4857 | unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
|
---|
4858 | backwards.
|
---|
4859 |
|
---|
4860 | @c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
|
---|
4861 | @c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
|
---|
4862 | @c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
|
---|
4863 | Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
|
---|
4864 | may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
|
---|
4865 | a chance to share your improved assembler.
|
---|
4866 |
|
---|
4867 | Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
|
---|
4868 | to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
|
---|
4869 | people's assemblers.
|
---|
4870 |
|
---|
4871 | When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
|
---|
4872 | intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
|
---|
4873 | absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
|
---|
4874 | @var{fill} defaults to zero.
|
---|
4875 |
|
---|
4876 | @node P2align
|
---|
4877 | @section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
|
---|
4878 |
|
---|
4879 | @cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
|
---|
4880 | @cindex @code{p2align} directive
|
---|
4881 | Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
|
---|
4882 | storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
|
---|
4883 | number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
|
---|
4884 | advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
|
---|
4885 | counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
|
---|
4886 | multiple of 8, no change is needed.
|
---|
4887 |
|
---|
4888 | The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
|
---|
4889 | padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
|
---|
4890 | padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
|
---|
4891 | marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
|
---|
4892 | with no-op instructions.
|
---|
4893 |
|
---|
4894 | The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
|
---|
4895 | it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
|
---|
4896 | directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
|
---|
4897 | specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
|
---|
4898 | fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
|
---|
4899 | required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
|
---|
4900 | with no-op instructions when appropriate.
|
---|
4901 |
|
---|
4902 | @cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
|
---|
4903 | @cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
|
---|
4904 | The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
|
---|
4905 | @code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
|
---|
4906 | pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
|
---|
4907 | fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
|
---|
4908 | 2,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
|
---|
4909 | filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
|
---|
4910 | the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
|
---|
4911 | undefined.
|
---|
4912 |
|
---|
4913 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
4914 | @node Previous
|
---|
4915 | @section @code{.previous}
|
---|
4916 |
|
---|
4917 | @cindex @code{previous} directive
|
---|
4918 | @cindex Section Stack
|
---|
4919 | This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
|
---|
4920 | @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
|
---|
4921 | @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
|
---|
4922 | (@pxref{PopSection}).
|
---|
4923 |
|
---|
4924 | This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
|
---|
4925 | referenced section (and subsection) prior to this one. Multiple
|
---|
4926 | @code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
|
---|
4927 | subsections).
|
---|
4928 |
|
---|
4929 | In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
|
---|
4930 | the top section on the section stack.
|
---|
4931 | @end ifset
|
---|
4932 |
|
---|
4933 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
4934 | @node PopSection
|
---|
4935 | @section @code{.popsection}
|
---|
4936 |
|
---|
4937 | @cindex @code{popsection} directive
|
---|
4938 | @cindex Section Stack
|
---|
4939 | This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
|
---|
4940 | @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
|
---|
4941 | @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
|
---|
4942 | (@pxref{Previous}).
|
---|
4943 |
|
---|
4944 | This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
|
---|
4945 | section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
|
---|
4946 | stack.
|
---|
4947 | @end ifset
|
---|
4948 |
|
---|
4949 | @node Print
|
---|
4950 | @section @code{.print @var{string}}
|
---|
4951 |
|
---|
4952 | @cindex @code{print} directive
|
---|
4953 | @command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
|
---|
4954 | assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
|
---|
4955 |
|
---|
4956 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
4957 | @node Protected
|
---|
4958 | @section @code{.protected @var{names}}
|
---|
4959 |
|
---|
4960 | @cindex @code{protected} directive
|
---|
4961 | @cindex visibility
|
---|
4962 | This one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
|
---|
4963 | @code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
|
---|
4964 |
|
---|
4965 | This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
|
---|
4966 | their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
|
---|
4967 | @code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
|
---|
4968 | components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
|
---|
4969 | component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
|
---|
4970 | this.
|
---|
4971 | @end ifset
|
---|
4972 |
|
---|
4973 | @node Psize
|
---|
4974 | @section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
|
---|
4975 |
|
---|
4976 | @cindex @code{psize} directive
|
---|
4977 | @cindex listing control: paper size
|
---|
4978 | @cindex paper size, for listings
|
---|
4979 | Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
|
---|
4980 | number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
|
---|
4981 |
|
---|
4982 | If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
|
---|
4983 | of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
|
---|
4984 | default width is 200 columns.
|
---|
4985 |
|
---|
4986 | @command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
|
---|
4987 | lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
|
---|
4988 | @code{.eject}).
|
---|
4989 |
|
---|
4990 | If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
|
---|
4991 | those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
|
---|
4992 |
|
---|
4993 | @node Purgem
|
---|
4994 | @section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
|
---|
4995 |
|
---|
4996 | @cindex @code{purgem} directive
|
---|
4997 | Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
|
---|
4998 | expanded. @xref{Macro}.
|
---|
4999 |
|
---|
5000 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
5001 | @node PushSection
|
---|
5002 | @section @code{.pushsection @var{name} , @var{subsection}}
|
---|
5003 |
|
---|
5004 | @cindex @code{pushsection} directive
|
---|
5005 | @cindex Section Stack
|
---|
5006 | This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
|
---|
5007 | @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
|
---|
5008 | @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
|
---|
5009 | (@pxref{Previous}).
|
---|
5010 |
|
---|
5011 | This directive is a synonym for @code{.section}. It pushes the current section
|
---|
5012 | (and subsection) onto the top of the section stack, and then replaces the
|
---|
5013 | current section and subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}.
|
---|
5014 | @end ifset
|
---|
5015 |
|
---|
5016 | @node Quad
|
---|
5017 | @section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
|
---|
5018 |
|
---|
5019 | @cindex @code{quad} directive
|
---|
5020 | @code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
|
---|
5021 | each bignum, it emits
|
---|
5022 | @ifclear bignum-16
|
---|
5023 | an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
|
---|
5024 | warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
|
---|
5025 | @cindex eight-byte integer
|
---|
5026 | @cindex integer, 8-byte
|
---|
5027 |
|
---|
5028 | The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
|
---|
5029 | hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
|
---|
5030 | @end ifclear
|
---|
5031 | @ifset bignum-16
|
---|
5032 | a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
|
---|
5033 | warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
|
---|
5034 | @cindex sixteen-byte integer
|
---|
5035 | @cindex integer, 16-byte
|
---|
5036 | @end ifset
|
---|
5037 |
|
---|
5038 | @node Rept
|
---|
5039 | @section @code{.rept @var{count}}
|
---|
5040 |
|
---|
5041 | @cindex @code{rept} directive
|
---|
5042 | Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
|
---|
5043 | @code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
|
---|
5044 |
|
---|
5045 | For example, assembling
|
---|
5046 |
|
---|
5047 | @example
|
---|
5048 | .rept 3
|
---|
5049 | .long 0
|
---|
5050 | .endr
|
---|
5051 | @end example
|
---|
5052 |
|
---|
5053 | is equivalent to assembling
|
---|
5054 |
|
---|
5055 | @example
|
---|
5056 | .long 0
|
---|
5057 | .long 0
|
---|
5058 | .long 0
|
---|
5059 | @end example
|
---|
5060 |
|
---|
5061 | @node Sbttl
|
---|
5062 | @section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
|
---|
5063 |
|
---|
5064 | @cindex @code{sbttl} directive
|
---|
5065 | @cindex subtitles for listings
|
---|
5066 | @cindex listing control: subtitle
|
---|
5067 | Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
|
---|
5068 | title line) when generating assembly listings.
|
---|
5069 |
|
---|
5070 | This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
|
---|
5071 | it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
|
---|
5072 |
|
---|
5073 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
5074 | @node Scl
|
---|
5075 | @section @code{.scl @var{class}}
|
---|
5076 |
|
---|
5077 | @cindex @code{scl} directive
|
---|
5078 | @cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
|
---|
5079 | @cindex COFF symbol storage class
|
---|
5080 | Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
|
---|
5081 | used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
|
---|
5082 | whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
|
---|
5083 | symbolic debugging information.
|
---|
5084 | @ifset BOUT
|
---|
5085 |
|
---|
5086 | The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
|
---|
5087 | configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
|
---|
5088 | accepts this directive but ignores it.
|
---|
5089 | @end ifset
|
---|
5090 | @end ifset
|
---|
5091 |
|
---|
5092 | @ifset COFF-ELF
|
---|
5093 | @node Section
|
---|
5094 | @section @code{.section @var{name}}
|
---|
5095 |
|
---|
5096 | @cindex named section
|
---|
5097 | Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
|
---|
5098 | named @var{name}.
|
---|
5099 |
|
---|
5100 | This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
|
---|
5101 | named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
|
---|
5102 | with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
|
---|
5103 |
|
---|
5104 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
5105 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
5106 | @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
|
---|
5107 | @subheading COFF Version
|
---|
5108 | @end ifset
|
---|
5109 |
|
---|
5110 | @cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
|
---|
5111 | For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
|
---|
5112 | ways:
|
---|
5113 |
|
---|
5114 | @smallexample
|
---|
5115 | .section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
|
---|
5116 | .section @var{name}[, @var{subsegment}]
|
---|
5117 | @end smallexample
|
---|
5118 |
|
---|
5119 | If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
|
---|
5120 | section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
|
---|
5121 | @table @code
|
---|
5122 | @item b
|
---|
5123 | bss section (uninitialized data)
|
---|
5124 | @item n
|
---|
5125 | section is not loaded
|
---|
5126 | @item w
|
---|
5127 | writable section
|
---|
5128 | @item d
|
---|
5129 | data section
|
---|
5130 | @item r
|
---|
5131 | read-only section
|
---|
5132 | @item x
|
---|
5133 | executable section
|
---|
5134 | @item s
|
---|
5135 | shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
|
---|
5136 | @item a
|
---|
5137 | ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
|
---|
5138 | @end table
|
---|
5139 |
|
---|
5140 | If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
|
---|
5141 | the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
|
---|
5142 | loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
|
---|
5143 | from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
|
---|
5144 | will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
|
---|
5145 |
|
---|
5146 | If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
|
---|
5147 | taken as a subsegment number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
|
---|
5148 | @end ifset
|
---|
5149 |
|
---|
5150 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
5151 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
5152 | @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
|
---|
5153 | @subheading ELF Version
|
---|
5154 | @end ifset
|
---|
5155 |
|
---|
5156 | @cindex Section Stack
|
---|
5157 | This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
|
---|
5158 | @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
|
---|
5159 | (@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
|
---|
5160 | @code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
|
---|
5161 |
|
---|
5162 | @cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
|
---|
5163 | For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
|
---|
5164 |
|
---|
5165 | @smallexample
|
---|
5166 | .section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[, @@@var{entsize}]]]
|
---|
5167 | @end smallexample
|
---|
5168 |
|
---|
5169 | The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
|
---|
5170 | combination of the following characters:
|
---|
5171 | @table @code
|
---|
5172 | @item a
|
---|
5173 | section is allocatable
|
---|
5174 | @item w
|
---|
5175 | section is writable
|
---|
5176 | @item x
|
---|
5177 | section is executable
|
---|
5178 | @item M
|
---|
5179 | section is mergeable
|
---|
5180 | @item S
|
---|
5181 | section contains zero terminated strings
|
---|
5182 | @end table
|
---|
5183 |
|
---|
5184 | The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
|
---|
5185 | @table @code
|
---|
5186 | @item @@progbits
|
---|
5187 | section contains data
|
---|
5188 | @item @@nobits
|
---|
5189 | section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
|
---|
5190 | @end table
|
---|
5191 |
|
---|
5192 | Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
|
---|
5193 | ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
|
---|
5194 | @code{%} character.
|
---|
5195 |
|
---|
5196 | If @var{flags} contains @code{M} flag, @var{type} argument must be specified
|
---|
5197 | as well as @var{entsize} argument. Sections with @code{M} flag but not
|
---|
5198 | @code{S} flag must contain fixed size constants, each @var{entsize} octets
|
---|
5199 | long. Sections with both @code{M} and @code{S} must contain zero terminated
|
---|
5200 | strings where each character is @var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove
|
---|
5201 | duplicates within sections with the same name, same entity size and same flags.
|
---|
5202 |
|
---|
5203 | If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
|
---|
5204 | the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
|
---|
5205 | none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
|
---|
5206 | executable. The section will contain data.
|
---|
5207 |
|
---|
5208 | For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
|
---|
5209 | directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
|
---|
5210 |
|
---|
5211 | @smallexample
|
---|
5212 | .section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
|
---|
5213 | @end smallexample
|
---|
5214 |
|
---|
5215 | Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
|
---|
5216 | separated flags:
|
---|
5217 | @table @code
|
---|
5218 | @item #alloc
|
---|
5219 | section is allocatable
|
---|
5220 | @item #write
|
---|
5221 | section is writable
|
---|
5222 | @item #execinstr
|
---|
5223 | section is executable
|
---|
5224 | @end table
|
---|
5225 |
|
---|
5226 | This directive replaces the current section and subsection. The replaced
|
---|
5227 | section and subsection are pushed onto the section stack. See the contents of
|
---|
5228 | the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for some examples of
|
---|
5229 | how this directive and the other section stack directives work.
|
---|
5230 | @end ifset
|
---|
5231 | @end ifset
|
---|
5232 |
|
---|
5233 | @node Set
|
---|
5234 | @section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
---|
5235 |
|
---|
5236 | @cindex @code{set} directive
|
---|
5237 | @cindex symbol value, setting
|
---|
5238 | Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
|
---|
5239 | changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
|
---|
5240 | @var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
|
---|
5241 | flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
|
---|
5242 |
|
---|
5243 | You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
|
---|
5244 |
|
---|
5245 | If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
|
---|
5246 | file is the last value stored into it.
|
---|
5247 |
|
---|
5248 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
5249 | The syntax for @code{set} on the HPPA is
|
---|
5250 | @samp{@var{symbol} .set @var{expression}}.
|
---|
5251 | @end ifset
|
---|
5252 |
|
---|
5253 | @node Short
|
---|
5254 | @section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
|
---|
5255 |
|
---|
5256 | @cindex @code{short} directive
|
---|
5257 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
5258 | @code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
|
---|
5259 | @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
|
---|
5260 |
|
---|
5261 | In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
|
---|
5262 | numbers of different lengths; @pxref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
---|
5263 | @end ifset
|
---|
5264 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
5265 | @ifset W16
|
---|
5266 | @code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
|
---|
5267 | @end ifset
|
---|
5268 | @ifset W32
|
---|
5269 | This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
|
---|
5270 | a 16 bit number for each.
|
---|
5271 | @end ifset
|
---|
5272 | @end ifclear
|
---|
5273 |
|
---|
5274 | @node Single
|
---|
5275 | @section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
|
---|
5276 |
|
---|
5277 | @cindex @code{single} directive
|
---|
5278 | @cindex floating point numbers (single)
|
---|
5279 | This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
|
---|
5280 | has the same effect as @code{.float}.
|
---|
5281 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
5282 | The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
|
---|
5283 | @command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
---|
5284 | @end ifset
|
---|
5285 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
5286 | @ifset IEEEFLOAT
|
---|
5287 | On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
|
---|
5288 | numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
|
---|
5289 | @end ifset
|
---|
5290 | @end ifclear
|
---|
5291 |
|
---|
5292 | @ifset COFF-ELF
|
---|
5293 | @node Size
|
---|
5294 | @section @code{.size}
|
---|
5295 |
|
---|
5296 | This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
|
---|
5297 |
|
---|
5298 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
5299 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
5300 | @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
|
---|
5301 | @subheading COFF Version
|
---|
5302 | @end ifset
|
---|
5303 |
|
---|
5304 | @cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
|
---|
5305 | For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
|
---|
5306 | @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
|
---|
5307 |
|
---|
5308 | @smallexample
|
---|
5309 | .size @var{expression}
|
---|
5310 | @end smallexample
|
---|
5311 |
|
---|
5312 | @ifset BOUT
|
---|
5313 | @samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
|
---|
5314 | @command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
|
---|
5315 | ignores it.
|
---|
5316 | @end ifset
|
---|
5317 | @end ifset
|
---|
5318 |
|
---|
5319 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
5320 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
5321 | @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
|
---|
5322 | @subheading ELF Version
|
---|
5323 | @end ifset
|
---|
5324 |
|
---|
5325 | @cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
|
---|
5326 | For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
|
---|
5327 |
|
---|
5328 | @smallexample
|
---|
5329 | .size @var{name} , @var{expression}
|
---|
5330 | @end smallexample
|
---|
5331 |
|
---|
5332 | This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
|
---|
5333 | The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
|
---|
5334 | arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
|
---|
5335 | symbols.
|
---|
5336 | @end ifset
|
---|
5337 | @end ifset
|
---|
5338 |
|
---|
5339 | @node Sleb128
|
---|
5340 | @section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
|
---|
5341 |
|
---|
5342 | @cindex @code{sleb128} directive
|
---|
5343 | @var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
|
---|
5344 | compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
|
---|
5345 | symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128,@code{.uleb128}}.
|
---|
5346 |
|
---|
5347 | @ifclear no-space-dir
|
---|
5348 | @node Skip
|
---|
5349 | @section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
|
---|
5350 |
|
---|
5351 | @cindex @code{skip} directive
|
---|
5352 | @cindex filling memory
|
---|
5353 | This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
|
---|
5354 | @var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
|
---|
5355 | @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
|
---|
5356 | @samp{.space}.
|
---|
5357 |
|
---|
5358 | @node Space
|
---|
5359 | @section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
|
---|
5360 |
|
---|
5361 | @cindex @code{space} directive
|
---|
5362 | @cindex filling memory
|
---|
5363 | This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
|
---|
5364 | @var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
|
---|
5365 | and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
|
---|
5366 | as @samp{.skip}.
|
---|
5367 |
|
---|
5368 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
5369 | @quotation
|
---|
5370 | @emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
|
---|
5371 | targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
|
---|
5372 | Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
|
---|
5373 | @code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
|
---|
5374 | for a summary.
|
---|
5375 | @end quotation
|
---|
5376 | @end ifset
|
---|
5377 | @end ifclear
|
---|
5378 |
|
---|
5379 | @ifset A29K
|
---|
5380 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
5381 | @node Space
|
---|
5382 | @section @code{.space}
|
---|
5383 | @cindex @code{space} directive
|
---|
5384 | @end ifclear
|
---|
5385 | On the AMD 29K, this directive is ignored; it is accepted for
|
---|
5386 | compatibility with other AMD 29K assemblers.
|
---|
5387 |
|
---|
5388 | @quotation
|
---|
5389 | @emph{Warning:} In most versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler, the directive
|
---|
5390 | @code{.space} has the effect of @code{.block} @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
---|
5391 | @end quotation
|
---|
5392 | @end ifset
|
---|
5393 |
|
---|
5394 | @ifset have-stabs
|
---|
5395 | @node Stab
|
---|
5396 | @section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
|
---|
5397 |
|
---|
5398 | @cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
|
---|
5399 | @cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
|
---|
5400 | There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
|
---|
5401 | All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
|
---|
5402 | The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
|
---|
5403 | cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
|
---|
5404 | Up to five fields are required:
|
---|
5405 |
|
---|
5406 | @table @var
|
---|
5407 | @item string
|
---|
5408 | This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
|
---|
5409 | @samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
|
---|
5410 | debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
|
---|
5411 | using this field.
|
---|
5412 |
|
---|
5413 | @item type
|
---|
5414 | An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
|
---|
5415 | this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
|
---|
5416 | and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
|
---|
5417 |
|
---|
5418 | @item other
|
---|
5419 | An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
|
---|
5420 | low 8 bits of this expression.
|
---|
5421 |
|
---|
5422 | @item desc
|
---|
5423 | An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
|
---|
5424 | bits of this expression.
|
---|
5425 |
|
---|
5426 | @item value
|
---|
5427 | An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
|
---|
5428 | @end table
|
---|
5429 |
|
---|
5430 | If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
|
---|
5431 | or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
|
---|
5432 | you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
|
---|
5433 | compatible with earlier assemblers!
|
---|
5434 |
|
---|
5435 | @table @code
|
---|
5436 | @cindex @code{stabd} directive
|
---|
5437 | @item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
|
---|
5438 |
|
---|
5439 | The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
|
---|
5440 | It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
|
---|
5441 | null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
|
---|
5442 | strings.
|
---|
5443 |
|
---|
5444 | The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
|
---|
5445 | relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
|
---|
5446 | is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
|
---|
5447 | assembled.
|
---|
5448 |
|
---|
5449 | @cindex @code{stabn} directive
|
---|
5450 | @item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
|
---|
5451 | The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
|
---|
5452 |
|
---|
5453 | @cindex @code{stabs} directive
|
---|
5454 | @item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
|
---|
5455 | All five fields are specified.
|
---|
5456 | @end table
|
---|
5457 | @end ifset
|
---|
5458 | @c end have-stabs
|
---|
5459 |
|
---|
5460 | @node String
|
---|
5461 | @section @code{.string} "@var{str}"
|
---|
5462 |
|
---|
5463 | @cindex string, copying to object file
|
---|
5464 | @cindex @code{string} directive
|
---|
5465 |
|
---|
5466 | Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
|
---|
5467 | one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
|
---|
5468 | particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
|
---|
5469 | You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
|
---|
5470 |
|
---|
5471 | @node Struct
|
---|
5472 | @section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
|
---|
5473 |
|
---|
5474 | @cindex @code{struct} directive
|
---|
5475 | Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
|
---|
5476 | which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
|
---|
5477 | @smallexample
|
---|
5478 | .struct 0
|
---|
5479 | field1:
|
---|
5480 | .struct field1 + 4
|
---|
5481 | field2:
|
---|
5482 | .struct field2 + 4
|
---|
5483 | field3:
|
---|
5484 | @end smallexample
|
---|
5485 | This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
|
---|
5486 | @code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
|
---|
5487 | value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
|
---|
5488 | use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
|
---|
5489 | before further assembly.
|
---|
5490 |
|
---|
5491 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
5492 | @node SubSection
|
---|
5493 | @section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
|
---|
5494 |
|
---|
5495 | @cindex @code{subsection} directive
|
---|
5496 | @cindex Section Stack
|
---|
5497 | This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
|
---|
5498 | @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
|
---|
5499 | @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
|
---|
5500 | (@pxref{Previous}).
|
---|
5501 |
|
---|
5502 | This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
|
---|
5503 | section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
|
---|
5504 | in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
|
---|
5505 | @end ifset
|
---|
5506 |
|
---|
5507 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
5508 | @node Symver
|
---|
5509 | @section @code{.symver}
|
---|
5510 | @cindex @code{symver} directive
|
---|
5511 | @cindex symbol versioning
|
---|
5512 | @cindex versions of symbols
|
---|
5513 | Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
|
---|
5514 | within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
|
---|
5515 | typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
|
---|
5516 | There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
|
---|
5517 | into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
|
---|
5518 | shared library.
|
---|
5519 |
|
---|
5520 | For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
|
---|
5521 | @smallexample
|
---|
5522 | .symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
|
---|
5523 | @end smallexample
|
---|
5524 | If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
|
---|
5525 | being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
|
---|
5526 | alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
|
---|
5527 | just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
|
---|
5528 | permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
|
---|
5529 | of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
|
---|
5530 | itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
|
---|
5531 | have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
|
---|
5532 | file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
|
---|
5533 | function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
|
---|
5534 | the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
|
---|
5535 | building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
|
---|
5536 | symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
|
---|
5537 | nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
|
---|
5538 |
|
---|
5539 | If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
|
---|
5540 | references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
|
---|
5541 | reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
|
---|
5542 | symbol table.
|
---|
5543 |
|
---|
5544 | Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
|
---|
5545 | @smallexample
|
---|
5546 | .symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
|
---|
5547 | @end smallexample
|
---|
5548 | In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
|
---|
5549 | the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
|
---|
5550 | difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
|
---|
5551 | references to @var{name2} by the linker.
|
---|
5552 |
|
---|
5553 | The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
|
---|
5554 | @smallexample
|
---|
5555 | .symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
|
---|
5556 | @end smallexample
|
---|
5557 | When @var{name} is not defined within the
|
---|
5558 | file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
|
---|
5559 | @var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
|
---|
5560 | name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
|
---|
5561 | @end ifset
|
---|
5562 |
|
---|
5563 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
5564 | @node Tag
|
---|
5565 | @section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
|
---|
5566 |
|
---|
5567 | @cindex COFF structure debugging
|
---|
5568 | @cindex structure debugging, COFF
|
---|
5569 | @cindex @code{tag} directive
|
---|
5570 | This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
|
---|
5571 | information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
|
---|
5572 | @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
|
---|
5573 | definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
|
---|
5574 | @ifset BOUT
|
---|
5575 |
|
---|
5576 | @samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
|
---|
5577 | @command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
|
---|
5578 | ignores it.
|
---|
5579 | @end ifset
|
---|
5580 | @end ifset
|
---|
5581 |
|
---|
5582 | @node Text
|
---|
5583 | @section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
|
---|
5584 |
|
---|
5585 | @cindex @code{text} directive
|
---|
5586 | Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
|
---|
5587 | the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
|
---|
5588 | expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
|
---|
5589 | is used.
|
---|
5590 |
|
---|
5591 | @node Title
|
---|
5592 | @section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
|
---|
5593 |
|
---|
5594 | @cindex @code{title} directive
|
---|
5595 | @cindex listing control: title line
|
---|
5596 | Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
|
---|
5597 | source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
|
---|
5598 |
|
---|
5599 | This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
|
---|
5600 | it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
|
---|
5601 |
|
---|
5602 | @ifset COFF-ELF
|
---|
5603 | @node Type
|
---|
5604 | @section @code{.type}
|
---|
5605 |
|
---|
5606 | This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
|
---|
5607 |
|
---|
5608 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
5609 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
5610 | @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
|
---|
5611 | @subheading COFF Version
|
---|
5612 | @end ifset
|
---|
5613 |
|
---|
5614 | @cindex COFF symbol type
|
---|
5615 | @cindex symbol type, COFF
|
---|
5616 | @cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
|
---|
5617 | For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
|
---|
5618 | @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
|
---|
5619 |
|
---|
5620 | @smallexample
|
---|
5621 | .type @var{int}
|
---|
5622 | @end smallexample
|
---|
5623 |
|
---|
5624 | This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
|
---|
5625 | entry.
|
---|
5626 |
|
---|
5627 | @ifset BOUT
|
---|
5628 | @samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
|
---|
5629 | @command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
|
---|
5630 | directive but ignores it.
|
---|
5631 | @end ifset
|
---|
5632 | @end ifset
|
---|
5633 |
|
---|
5634 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
5635 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
5636 | @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
|
---|
5637 | @subheading ELF Version
|
---|
5638 | @end ifset
|
---|
5639 |
|
---|
5640 | @cindex ELF symbol type
|
---|
5641 | @cindex symbol type, ELF
|
---|
5642 | @cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
|
---|
5643 | For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
|
---|
5644 |
|
---|
5645 | @smallexample
|
---|
5646 | .type @var{name} , @var{type description}
|
---|
5647 | @end smallexample
|
---|
5648 |
|
---|
5649 | This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
|
---|
5650 | function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
|
---|
5651 | supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
|
---|
5652 | compatibility with various other assemblers. The syntaxes supported are:
|
---|
5653 |
|
---|
5654 | @smallexample
|
---|
5655 | .type <name>,#function
|
---|
5656 | .type <name>,#object
|
---|
5657 |
|
---|
5658 | .type <name>,@@function
|
---|
5659 | .type <name>,@@object
|
---|
5660 |
|
---|
5661 | .type <name>,%function
|
---|
5662 | .type <name>,%object
|
---|
5663 |
|
---|
5664 | .type <name>,"function"
|
---|
5665 | .type <name>,"object"
|
---|
5666 |
|
---|
5667 | .type <name> STT_FUNCTION
|
---|
5668 | .type <name> STT_OBJECT
|
---|
5669 | @end smallexample
|
---|
5670 | @end ifset
|
---|
5671 | @end ifset
|
---|
5672 |
|
---|
5673 | @node Uleb128
|
---|
5674 | @section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
|
---|
5675 |
|
---|
5676 | @cindex @code{uleb128} directive
|
---|
5677 | @var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
|
---|
5678 | compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
|
---|
5679 | symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128,@code{.sleb128}}.
|
---|
5680 |
|
---|
5681 | @ifset COFF
|
---|
5682 | @node Val
|
---|
5683 | @section @code{.val @var{addr}}
|
---|
5684 |
|
---|
5685 | @cindex @code{val} directive
|
---|
5686 | @cindex COFF value attribute
|
---|
5687 | @cindex value attribute, COFF
|
---|
5688 | This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
|
---|
5689 | records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
|
---|
5690 | entry.
|
---|
5691 | @ifset BOUT
|
---|
5692 |
|
---|
5693 | @samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
|
---|
5694 | configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
|
---|
5695 | @end ifset
|
---|
5696 | @end ifset
|
---|
5697 |
|
---|
5698 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
5699 | @node Version
|
---|
5700 | @section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
|
---|
5701 |
|
---|
5702 | @cindex @code{version} directive
|
---|
5703 | This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
|
---|
5704 | formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
|
---|
5705 | @end ifset
|
---|
5706 |
|
---|
5707 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
5708 | @node VTableEntry
|
---|
5709 | @section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
|
---|
5710 |
|
---|
5711 | @cindex @code{vtable_entry}
|
---|
5712 | This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
|
---|
5713 | @code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
|
---|
5714 |
|
---|
5715 | @node VTableInherit
|
---|
5716 | @section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
|
---|
5717 |
|
---|
5718 | @cindex @code{vtable_inherit}
|
---|
5719 | This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
|
---|
5720 | @code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
|
---|
5721 | parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
|
---|
5722 | parent name of @code{0} is treated as refering the @code{*ABS*} section.
|
---|
5723 | @end ifset
|
---|
5724 |
|
---|
5725 | @ifset ELF
|
---|
5726 | @node Weak
|
---|
5727 | @section @code{.weak @var{names}}
|
---|
5728 |
|
---|
5729 | @cindex @code{weak} directive
|
---|
5730 | This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
|
---|
5731 | @code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
|
---|
5732 | @end ifset
|
---|
5733 |
|
---|
5734 | @node Word
|
---|
5735 | @section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
|
---|
5736 |
|
---|
5737 | @cindex @code{word} directive
|
---|
5738 | This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
|
---|
5739 | separated by commas.
|
---|
5740 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
5741 | @ifset W32
|
---|
5742 | For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
|
---|
5743 | @end ifset
|
---|
5744 | @ifset W16
|
---|
5745 | For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
|
---|
5746 | @end ifset
|
---|
5747 | @end ifclear
|
---|
5748 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
5749 |
|
---|
5750 | The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
|
---|
5751 | depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
|
---|
5752 | @end ifset
|
---|
5753 |
|
---|
5754 | @c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
|
---|
5755 | @c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
|
---|
5756 | @ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
---|
5757 | @cindex difference tables altered
|
---|
5758 | @cindex altered difference tables
|
---|
5759 | @quotation
|
---|
5760 | @emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
|
---|
5761 | @end quotation
|
---|
5762 |
|
---|
5763 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
5764 | Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
|
---|
5765 | addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
|
---|
5766 | interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
|
---|
5767 | @pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
|
---|
5768 |
|
---|
5769 | @end ifset
|
---|
5770 | In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
|
---|
5771 | @command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
|
---|
5772 | Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
|
---|
5773 | compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
|
---|
5774 | directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
|
---|
5775 | @code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
|
---|
5776 | creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
|
---|
5777 | This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
|
---|
5778 | first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
|
---|
5779 | of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
|
---|
5780 | table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
|
---|
5781 | contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
|
---|
5782 | @code{sym2}.
|
---|
5783 |
|
---|
5784 | If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
|
---|
5785 | secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
|
---|
5786 | @samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
|
---|
5787 | long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
|
---|
5788 | and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
|
---|
5789 | minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
|
---|
5790 | entries in the original jump table as necessary.
|
---|
5791 |
|
---|
5792 | @ifset INTERNALS
|
---|
5793 | @emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
|
---|
5794 | @samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
|
---|
5795 | assembly language programmers.
|
---|
5796 | @end ifset
|
---|
5797 | @end ifset
|
---|
5798 | @c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
---|
5799 |
|
---|
5800 | @node Deprecated
|
---|
5801 | @section Deprecated Directives
|
---|
5802 |
|
---|
5803 | @cindex deprecated directives
|
---|
5804 | @cindex obsolescent directives
|
---|
5805 | One day these directives won't work.
|
---|
5806 | They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
|
---|
5807 | @table @t
|
---|
5808 | @item .abort
|
---|
5809 | @item .line
|
---|
5810 | @end table
|
---|
5811 |
|
---|
5812 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
5813 | @node Machine Dependencies
|
---|
5814 | @chapter Machine Dependent Features
|
---|
5815 |
|
---|
5816 | @cindex machine dependencies
|
---|
5817 | The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
|
---|
5818 | each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
|
---|
5819 | vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
|
---|
5820 | directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
|
---|
5821 | assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
|
---|
5822 | @command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
|
---|
5823 | optimization.
|
---|
5824 |
|
---|
5825 | This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
|
---|
5826 | include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
|
---|
5827 | subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
|
---|
5828 |
|
---|
5829 | @menu
|
---|
5830 | @ifset A29K
|
---|
5831 | * AMD29K-Dependent:: AMD 29K Dependent Features
|
---|
5832 | @end ifset
|
---|
5833 | @ifset ALPHA
|
---|
5834 | * Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
|
---|
5835 | @end ifset
|
---|
5836 | @ifset ARC
|
---|
5837 | * ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
|
---|
5838 | @end ifset
|
---|
5839 | @ifset ARM
|
---|
5840 | * ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
|
---|
5841 | @end ifset
|
---|
5842 | @ifset CRIS
|
---|
5843 | * CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
|
---|
5844 | @end ifset
|
---|
5845 | @ifset D10V
|
---|
5846 | * D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
|
---|
5847 | @end ifset
|
---|
5848 | @ifset D30V
|
---|
5849 | * D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
|
---|
5850 | @end ifset
|
---|
5851 | @ifset H8/300
|
---|
5852 | * H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
|
---|
5853 | @end ifset
|
---|
5854 | @ifset H8/500
|
---|
5855 | * H8/500-Dependent:: Renesas H8/500 Dependent Features
|
---|
5856 | @end ifset
|
---|
5857 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
5858 | * HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
|
---|
5859 | @end ifset
|
---|
5860 | @ifset I370
|
---|
5861 | * ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
|
---|
5862 | @end ifset
|
---|
5863 | @ifset I80386
|
---|
5864 | * i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
|
---|
5865 | @end ifset
|
---|
5866 | @ifset I860
|
---|
5867 | * i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
|
---|
5868 | @end ifset
|
---|
5869 | @ifset I960
|
---|
5870 | * i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
|
---|
5871 | @end ifset
|
---|
5872 | @ifset IP2K
|
---|
5873 | * IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
|
---|
5874 | @end ifset
|
---|
5875 | @ifset M32R
|
---|
5876 | * M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
|
---|
5877 | @end ifset
|
---|
5878 | @ifset M680X0
|
---|
5879 | * M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
|
---|
5880 | @end ifset
|
---|
5881 | @ifset M68HC11
|
---|
5882 | * M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
|
---|
5883 | @end ifset
|
---|
5884 | @ifset M880X0
|
---|
5885 | * M88K-Dependent:: M880x0 Dependent Features
|
---|
5886 | @end ifset
|
---|
5887 | @ifset MIPS
|
---|
5888 | * MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
|
---|
5889 | @end ifset
|
---|
5890 | @ifset MMIX
|
---|
5891 | * MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
|
---|
5892 | @end ifset
|
---|
5893 | @ifset MSP430
|
---|
5894 | * MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
|
---|
5895 | @end ifset
|
---|
5896 | @ifset SH
|
---|
5897 | * SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
|
---|
5898 | * SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
|
---|
5899 | @end ifset
|
---|
5900 | @ifset PDP11
|
---|
5901 | * PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
|
---|
5902 | @end ifset
|
---|
5903 | @ifset PJ
|
---|
5904 | * PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
|
---|
5905 | @end ifset
|
---|
5906 | @ifset PPC
|
---|
5907 | * PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
|
---|
5908 | @end ifset
|
---|
5909 | @ifset SPARC
|
---|
5910 | * Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
|
---|
5911 | @end ifset
|
---|
5912 | @ifset TIC54X
|
---|
5913 | * TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
|
---|
5914 | @end ifset
|
---|
5915 | @ifset V850
|
---|
5916 | * V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
|
---|
5917 | @end ifset
|
---|
5918 | @ifset XTENSA
|
---|
5919 | * Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
|
---|
5920 | @end ifset
|
---|
5921 | @ifset Z8000
|
---|
5922 | * Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
|
---|
5923 | @end ifset
|
---|
5924 | @ifset VAX
|
---|
5925 | * Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
|
---|
5926 | @end ifset
|
---|
5927 | @end menu
|
---|
5928 |
|
---|
5929 | @lowersections
|
---|
5930 | @end ifset
|
---|
5931 |
|
---|
5932 | @c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
|
---|
5933 | @c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
|
---|
5934 | @c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
|
---|
5935 | @c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
|
---|
5936 | @c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
|
---|
5937 | @c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
|
---|
5938 | @c in both conditional blocks.
|
---|
5939 |
|
---|
5940 | @ifset A29K
|
---|
5941 | @include c-a29k.texi
|
---|
5942 | @end ifset
|
---|
5943 |
|
---|
5944 | @ifset ALPHA
|
---|
5945 | @include c-alpha.texi
|
---|
5946 | @end ifset
|
---|
5947 |
|
---|
5948 | @ifset ARC
|
---|
5949 | @include c-arc.texi
|
---|
5950 | @end ifset
|
---|
5951 |
|
---|
5952 | @ifset ARM
|
---|
5953 | @include c-arm.texi
|
---|
5954 | @end ifset
|
---|
5955 |
|
---|
5956 | @ifset CRIS
|
---|
5957 | @include c-cris.texi
|
---|
5958 | @end ifset
|
---|
5959 |
|
---|
5960 | @ifset Renesas-all
|
---|
5961 | @ifclear GENERIC
|
---|
5962 | @node Machine Dependencies
|
---|
5963 | @chapter Machine Dependent Features
|
---|
5964 |
|
---|
5965 | The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
|
---|
5966 | and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
|
---|
5967 | chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
|
---|
5968 | family.
|
---|
5969 |
|
---|
5970 | @menu
|
---|
5971 | * H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
|
---|
5972 | * H8/500-Dependent:: Renesas H8/500 Dependent Features
|
---|
5973 | * SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
|
---|
5974 | @end menu
|
---|
5975 | @lowersections
|
---|
5976 | @end ifclear
|
---|
5977 | @end ifset
|
---|
5978 |
|
---|
5979 | @ifset D10V
|
---|
5980 | @include c-d10v.texi
|
---|
5981 | @end ifset
|
---|
5982 |
|
---|
5983 | @ifset D30V
|
---|
5984 | @include c-d30v.texi
|
---|
5985 | @end ifset
|
---|
5986 |
|
---|
5987 | @ifset H8/300
|
---|
5988 | @include c-h8300.texi
|
---|
5989 | @end ifset
|
---|
5990 |
|
---|
5991 | @ifset H8/500
|
---|
5992 | @include c-h8500.texi
|
---|
5993 | @end ifset
|
---|
5994 |
|
---|
5995 | @ifset HPPA
|
---|
5996 | @include c-hppa.texi
|
---|
5997 | @end ifset
|
---|
5998 |
|
---|
5999 | @ifset I370
|
---|
6000 | @include c-i370.texi
|
---|
6001 | @end ifset
|
---|
6002 |
|
---|
6003 | @ifset I80386
|
---|
6004 | @include c-i386.texi
|
---|
6005 | @end ifset
|
---|
6006 |
|
---|
6007 | @ifset I860
|
---|
6008 | @include c-i860.texi
|
---|
6009 | @end ifset
|
---|
6010 |
|
---|
6011 | @ifset I960
|
---|
6012 | @include c-i960.texi
|
---|
6013 | @end ifset
|
---|
6014 |
|
---|
6015 | @ifset IA64
|
---|
6016 | @include c-ia64.texi
|
---|
6017 | @end ifset
|
---|
6018 |
|
---|
6019 | @ifset IP2K
|
---|
6020 | @include c-ip2k.texi
|
---|
6021 | @end ifset
|
---|
6022 |
|
---|
6023 | @ifset M32R
|
---|
6024 | @include c-m32r.texi
|
---|
6025 | @end ifset
|
---|
6026 |
|
---|
6027 | @ifset M680X0
|
---|
6028 | @include c-m68k.texi
|
---|
6029 | @end ifset
|
---|
6030 |
|
---|
6031 | @ifset M68HC11
|
---|
6032 | @include c-m68hc11.texi
|
---|
6033 | @end ifset
|
---|
6034 |
|
---|
6035 | @ifset M880X0
|
---|
6036 | @include c-m88k.texi
|
---|
6037 | @end ifset
|
---|
6038 |
|
---|
6039 | @ifset MIPS
|
---|
6040 | @include c-mips.texi
|
---|
6041 | @end ifset
|
---|
6042 |
|
---|
6043 | @ifset MMIX
|
---|
6044 | @include c-mmix.texi
|
---|
6045 | @end ifset
|
---|
6046 |
|
---|
6047 | @ifset MSP430
|
---|
6048 | @include c-msp430.texi
|
---|
6049 | @end ifset
|
---|
6050 |
|
---|
6051 | @ifset NS32K
|
---|
6052 | @include c-ns32k.texi
|
---|
6053 | @end ifset
|
---|
6054 |
|
---|
6055 | @ifset PDP11
|
---|
6056 | @include c-pdp11.texi
|
---|
6057 | @end ifset
|
---|
6058 |
|
---|
6059 | @ifset PJ
|
---|
6060 | @include c-pj.texi
|
---|
6061 | @end ifset
|
---|
6062 |
|
---|
6063 | @ifset PPC
|
---|
6064 | @include c-ppc.texi
|
---|
6065 | @end ifset
|
---|
6066 |
|
---|
6067 | @ifset SH
|
---|
6068 | @include c-sh.texi
|
---|
6069 | @include c-sh64.texi
|
---|
6070 | @end ifset
|
---|
6071 |
|
---|
6072 | @ifset SPARC
|
---|
6073 | @include c-sparc.texi
|
---|
6074 | @end ifset
|
---|
6075 |
|
---|
6076 | @ifset TIC54X
|
---|
6077 | @include c-tic54x.texi
|
---|
6078 | @end ifset
|
---|
6079 |
|
---|
6080 | @ifset Z8000
|
---|
6081 | @include c-z8k.texi
|
---|
6082 | @end ifset
|
---|
6083 |
|
---|
6084 | @ifset VAX
|
---|
6085 | @include c-vax.texi
|
---|
6086 | @end ifset
|
---|
6087 |
|
---|
6088 | @ifset V850
|
---|
6089 | @include c-v850.texi
|
---|
6090 | @end ifset
|
---|
6091 |
|
---|
6092 | @ifset XTENSA
|
---|
6093 | @include c-xtensa.texi
|
---|
6094 | @end ifset
|
---|
6095 |
|
---|
6096 | @ifset GENERIC
|
---|
6097 | @c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
|
---|
6098 | @raisesections
|
---|
6099 | @end ifset
|
---|
6100 |
|
---|
6101 | @node Reporting Bugs
|
---|
6102 | @chapter Reporting Bugs
|
---|
6103 | @cindex bugs in assembler
|
---|
6104 | @cindex reporting bugs in assembler
|
---|
6105 |
|
---|
6106 | Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
|
---|
6107 |
|
---|
6108 | Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
|
---|
6109 | not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
|
---|
6110 | entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
|
---|
6111 | Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
|
---|
6112 |
|
---|
6113 | In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
|
---|
6114 | information that enables us to fix the bug.
|
---|
6115 |
|
---|
6116 | @menu
|
---|
6117 | * Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
|
---|
6118 | * Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
|
---|
6119 | @end menu
|
---|
6120 |
|
---|
6121 | @node Bug Criteria
|
---|
6122 | @section Have You Found a Bug?
|
---|
6123 | @cindex bug criteria
|
---|
6124 |
|
---|
6125 | If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
|
---|
6126 |
|
---|
6127 | @itemize @bullet
|
---|
6128 | @cindex fatal signal
|
---|
6129 | @cindex assembler crash
|
---|
6130 | @cindex crash of assembler
|
---|
6131 | @item
|
---|
6132 | If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
|
---|
6133 | @command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
|
---|
6134 |
|
---|
6135 | @cindex error on valid input
|
---|
6136 | @item
|
---|
6137 | If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
|
---|
6138 |
|
---|
6139 | @cindex invalid input
|
---|
6140 | @item
|
---|
6141 | If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
|
---|
6142 | is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
|
---|
6143 | be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
|
---|
6144 |
|
---|
6145 | @item
|
---|
6146 | If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
|
---|
6147 | of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
|
---|
6148 | @end itemize
|
---|
6149 |
|
---|
6150 | @node Bug Reporting
|
---|
6151 | @section How to Report Bugs
|
---|
6152 | @cindex bug reports
|
---|
6153 | @cindex assembler bugs, reporting
|
---|
6154 |
|
---|
6155 | A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
|
---|
6156 | you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
|
---|
6157 | contact that organization first.
|
---|
6158 |
|
---|
6159 | You can find contact information for many support companies and
|
---|
6160 | individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
|
---|
6161 | distribution.
|
---|
6162 |
|
---|
6163 | In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
|
---|
6164 | to @samp{bug-binutils@@gnu.org}.
|
---|
6165 |
|
---|
6166 | The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
|
---|
6167 | @strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
|
---|
6168 | fact or leave it out, state it!
|
---|
6169 |
|
---|
6170 | Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
|
---|
6171 | and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
|
---|
6172 | name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
|
---|
6173 | not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
|
---|
6174 | happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
|
---|
6175 | perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
|
---|
6176 | the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
|
---|
6177 | give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
|
---|
6178 | and the most helpful.
|
---|
6179 |
|
---|
6180 | Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
|
---|
6181 | it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
|
---|
6182 | that the bug has not been reported previously.
|
---|
6183 |
|
---|
6184 | Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
|
---|
6185 | bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
|
---|
6186 | respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
|
---|
6187 | You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
|
---|
6188 |
|
---|
6189 | To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
|
---|
6190 |
|
---|
6191 | @itemize @bullet
|
---|
6192 | @item
|
---|
6193 | The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
|
---|
6194 | it with the @samp{--version} argument.
|
---|
6195 |
|
---|
6196 | Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
|
---|
6197 | the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
|
---|
6198 |
|
---|
6199 | @item
|
---|
6200 | Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
|
---|
6201 |
|
---|
6202 | @item
|
---|
6203 | The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
|
---|
6204 | version number.
|
---|
6205 |
|
---|
6206 | @item
|
---|
6207 | What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
|
---|
6208 | ``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
|
---|
6209 |
|
---|
6210 | @item
|
---|
6211 | The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
|
---|
6212 | observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
|
---|
6213 | all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
|
---|
6214 |
|
---|
6215 | If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
|
---|
6216 | and then we might not encounter the bug.
|
---|
6217 |
|
---|
6218 | @item
|
---|
6219 | A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
|
---|
6220 | the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
|
---|
6221 | high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
|
---|
6222 | when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
|
---|
6223 | the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
|
---|
6224 | file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
|
---|
6225 | @command{@value{AS}} is being run.
|
---|
6226 |
|
---|
6227 | @item
|
---|
6228 | A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
|
---|
6229 | incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
|
---|
6230 |
|
---|
6231 | Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
|
---|
6232 | will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
|
---|
6233 | notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
|
---|
6234 | make a mistake.
|
---|
6235 |
|
---|
6236 | Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
|
---|
6237 | explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
|
---|
6238 | @command{@value{AS}} is out of synch, or you have encountered a bug in the C
|
---|
6239 | library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
|
---|
6240 | would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
|
---|
6241 | would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
|
---|
6242 | expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
|
---|
6243 | observations.
|
---|
6244 |
|
---|
6245 | @item
|
---|
6246 | If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
|
---|
6247 | diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
|
---|
6248 | option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
|
---|
6249 | discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
|
---|
6250 | by line number.
|
---|
6251 |
|
---|
6252 | The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
|
---|
6253 | sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
|
---|
6254 | @end itemize
|
---|
6255 |
|
---|
6256 | Here are some things that are not necessary:
|
---|
6257 |
|
---|
6258 | @itemize @bullet
|
---|
6259 | @item
|
---|
6260 | A description of the envelope of the bug.
|
---|
6261 |
|
---|
6262 | Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
|
---|
6263 | which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
|
---|
6264 | changes will not affect it.
|
---|
6265 |
|
---|
6266 | This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
|
---|
6267 | will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
|
---|
6268 | with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
|
---|
6269 | We recommend that you save your time for something else.
|
---|
6270 |
|
---|
6271 | Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
|
---|
6272 | of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
|
---|
6273 | output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
|
---|
6274 | less time, and so on.
|
---|
6275 |
|
---|
6276 | However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
|
---|
6277 | report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
|
---|
6278 |
|
---|
6279 | @item
|
---|
6280 | A patch for the bug.
|
---|
6281 |
|
---|
6282 | A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
|
---|
6283 | the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
|
---|
6284 | a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
|
---|
6285 | to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
|
---|
6286 |
|
---|
6287 | Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
|
---|
6288 | construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
|
---|
6289 | the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
|
---|
6290 | one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
|
---|
6291 |
|
---|
6292 | And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
|
---|
6293 | patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
|
---|
6294 | help us to understand.
|
---|
6295 |
|
---|
6296 | @item
|
---|
6297 | A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
|
---|
6298 |
|
---|
6299 | Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
|
---|
6300 | things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
|
---|
6301 | @end itemize
|
---|
6302 |
|
---|
6303 | @node Acknowledgements
|
---|
6304 | @chapter Acknowledgements
|
---|
6305 |
|
---|
6306 | If you have contributed to @command{@value{AS}} and your name isn't listed here,
|
---|
6307 | it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
|
---|
6308 | maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
|
---|
6309 | @c (January 1994),
|
---|
6310 | the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
|
---|
6311 |
|
---|
6312 | Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
|
---|
6313 | more details?}
|
---|
6314 |
|
---|
6315 | Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
|
---|
6316 | information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
|
---|
6317 | extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
|
---|
6318 |
|
---|
6319 | K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
|
---|
6320 | many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
|
---|
6321 | up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
|
---|
6322 | testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
|
---|
6323 | including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
|
---|
6324 | and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
|
---|
6325 | support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
|
---|
6326 | port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
|
---|
6327 | file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
|
---|
6328 | assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
|
---|
6329 |
|
---|
6330 | Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
|
---|
6331 | in format-specific I/O modules.
|
---|
6332 |
|
---|
6333 | The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
|
---|
6334 | has done much work with it since.
|
---|
6335 |
|
---|
6336 | The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
|
---|
6337 |
|
---|
6338 | Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
|
---|
6339 |
|
---|
6340 | The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
|
---|
6341 | University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
---|
6342 |
|
---|
6343 | Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
|
---|
6344 | (@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
|
---|
6345 | (which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
|
---|
6346 | support a.out format.
|
---|
6347 |
|
---|
6348 | Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 and H8/500 processors (tc-z8k,
|
---|
6349 | tc-h8300, tc-h8500), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
|
---|
6350 | Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
|
---|
6351 | use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
|
---|
6352 | targets.
|
---|
6353 |
|
---|
6354 | John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
|
---|
6355 | simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
|
---|
6356 | updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
|
---|
6357 | fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
|
---|
6358 | remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
|
---|
6359 | cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
|
---|
6360 | required the proverbial one-bit fix.
|
---|
6361 |
|
---|
6362 | Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
|
---|
6363 | 68k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
|
---|
6364 | added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
|
---|
6365 | PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
|
---|
6366 |
|
---|
6367 | Steve Chamberlain made @command{@value{AS}} able to generate listings.
|
---|
6368 |
|
---|
6369 | Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
|
---|
6370 |
|
---|
6371 | Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
|
---|
6372 | along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
|
---|
6373 | formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
|
---|
6374 | the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
|
---|
6375 |
|
---|
6376 | Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
|
---|
6377 | Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
|
---|
6378 | Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
|
---|
6379 | Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
|
---|
6380 | and some initial 64-bit support).
|
---|
6381 |
|
---|
6382 | Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
|
---|
6383 |
|
---|
6384 | Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
|
---|
6385 | support for openVMS/Alpha.
|
---|
6386 |
|
---|
6387 | Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
|
---|
6388 | flavors.
|
---|
6389 |
|
---|
6390 | David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
|
---|
6391 | Inc. added support for Xtensa processors.
|
---|
6392 |
|
---|
6393 | Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
|
---|
6394 | configuration enhancements.
|
---|
6395 |
|
---|
6396 | Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
|
---|
6397 | you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
|
---|
6398 | want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
|
---|
6399 | intentionally leaving anyone out.
|
---|
6400 |
|
---|
6401 | @include fdl.texi
|
---|
6402 |
|
---|
6403 | @node Index
|
---|
6404 | @unnumbered Index
|
---|
6405 |
|
---|
6406 | @printindex cp
|
---|
6407 |
|
---|
6408 | @contents
|
---|
6409 | @bye
|
---|
6410 | @c Local Variables:
|
---|
6411 | @c fill-column: 79
|
---|
6412 | @c End:
|
---|